From 52970048e6f708cf1a5d10d444e1c76187b067f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: tildearrow Date: Sun, 10 Aug 2025 05:07:58 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] update Dear ImGui to 1.91.0 TODO: use TextLink() --- .../backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_android.h | 1 + .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h | 1 + .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h | 1 + .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h | 2 + .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp | 62 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h | 6 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h | 1 + .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h | 2 + .../backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h | 2 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h | 2 + .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm | 5 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp | 24 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp | 125 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h | 5 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp | 8 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h | 2 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp | 3 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h | 1 + extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h | 13 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp | 427 ++-- extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h | 330 ++- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp | 2036 +++++++++++++++-- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp | 5 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h | 214 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp | 57 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp | 1443 ++++++++++-- 34 files changed, 4000 insertions(+), 786 deletions(-) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h index a7f7c0e6b..7b2e19094 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.h @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ struct ALLEGRO_DISPLAY; union ALLEGRO_EVENT; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Init(ALLEGRO_DISPLAY* display); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplAllegro5_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplAllegro5_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_android.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_android.h index 7cd4ef16f..d7e7fb94e 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_android.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_android.h @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ struct ANativeWindow; struct AInputEvent; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplAndroid_Init(ANativeWindow* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API int32_t ImGui_ImplAndroid_HandleInputEvent(const AInputEvent* input_event); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplAndroid_Shutdown(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h index 39259bdc7..f6286de2f 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.h @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ struct ID3D10Device; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX10_Init(ID3D10Device* device); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX10_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX10_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h index 7bdeca211..dc293c295 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.h @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ struct ID3D11Device; struct ID3D11DeviceContext; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(ID3D11Device* device, ID3D11DeviceContext* device_context); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h index f304cca15..ad1cad10a 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ struct ID3D12GraphicsCommandList; struct D3D12_CPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE; struct D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! + // cmd_list is the command list that the implementation will use to render imgui draw lists. // Before calling the render function, caller must prepare cmd_list by resetting it and setting the appropriate // render target and descriptor heap that contains font_srv_cpu_desc_handle/font_srv_gpu_desc_handle. diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h index eef0dfaec..2eeeed2a0 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.h @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ struct IDirect3DDevice9; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX9_Init(IDirect3DDevice9* device); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX9_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX9_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp index 23b0adb8b..ce52939dd 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp @@ -24,6 +24,9 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2024-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2024-07-08: *BREAKING* Renamed ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback to ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCallbacks(), added GLFWWindow* parameter. +// 2024-07-08: Emscripten: Added support for GLFW3 contrib port (GLFW 3.4.0 features + bug fixes): to enable, replace -sUSE_GLFW=3 with --use-port=contrib.glfw3 (requires emscripten 3.1.59+) (https://github.com/pongasoft/emscripten-glfw) +// 2024-07-02: Emscripten: Added io.PlatformOpenInShellFn() handler for Emscripten versions. // 2023-12-19: Emscripten: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback() to register canvas selector and auto-resize GLFW window. // 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys. // 2023-07-18: Inputs: Revert ignoring mouse data on GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED as it can be used differently. User may set ImGuiConfigFLags_NoMouse if desired. (#5625, #6609) @@ -105,6 +108,11 @@ #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ #include #include +#ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_PORT_CONTRIB_GLFW3 +#include +#else +#define EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 +#endif #endif // We gather version tests as define in order to easily see which features are version-dependent. @@ -156,7 +164,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data bool InstalledCallbacks; bool CallbacksChainForAllWindows; bool WantUpdateMonitors; -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 const char* CanvasSelector; #endif @@ -365,7 +373,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yo if (bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackScroll(window, xoffset, yoffset); -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 // Ignore GLFW events: will be processed in ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback(). return; #endif @@ -376,7 +384,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double xoffset, double yo static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode) { -#if GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#if GLFW_HAS_GETKEYNAME && !defined(EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3) // GLFW 3.1+ attempts to "untranslate" keys, which goes the opposite of what every other framework does, making using lettered shortcuts difficult. // (It had reasons to do so: namely GLFW is/was more likely to be used for WASD-type game controls rather than lettered shortcuts, but IHMO the 3.1 change could have been done differently) // See https://github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/1502 for details. @@ -387,7 +395,7 @@ static int ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey(int key, int scancode) GLFWerrorfun prev_error_callback = glfwSetErrorCallback(nullptr); const char* key_name = glfwGetKeyName(key, scancode); glfwSetErrorCallback(prev_error_callback); -#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) // Eat errors (see #5908) +#if GLFW_HAS_GETERROR && !defined(EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3) // Eat errors (see #5908) (void)glfwGetError(nullptr); #endif if (key_name && key_name[0] != 0 && key_name[1] == 0) @@ -495,7 +503,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor*, int) bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; } -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback(int, const EmscriptenWheelEvent* ev, void*) { // Mimic Emscripten_HandleWheel() in SDL. @@ -569,6 +577,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetCallbacksChainForAllWindows(bool chain_for_all_windows) bd->CallbacksChainForAllWindows = chain_for_all_windows; } +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +EM_JS(void, ImGui_ImplGlfw_EmscriptenOpenURL, (char const* url), { url = url ? UTF8ToString(url) : null; if (url) window.open(url, '_blank'); }); +#endif + static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, GlfwClientApi client_api) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -596,6 +608,9 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, Glfw io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_SetClipboardText; io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetClipboardText; io.ClipboardUserData = bd->Window; +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + io.PlatformOpenInShellFn = [](ImGuiContext*, const char* url) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_EmscriptenOpenURL(url); return true; }; +#endif // Create mouse cursors // (By design, on X11 cursors are user configurable and some cursors may be missing. When a cursor doesn't exist, @@ -626,12 +641,6 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, Glfw // Chain GLFW callbacks: our callbacks will call the user's previously installed callbacks, if any. if (install_callbacks) ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks(window); - // Register Emscripten Wheel callback to workaround issue in Emscripten GLFW Emulation (#6096) - // We intentionally do not check 'if (install_callbacks)' here, as some users may set it to false and call GLFW callback themselves. - // FIXME: May break chaining in case user registered their own Emscripten callback? -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ - emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback); -#endif // Update monitors the first time (note: monitor callback are broken in GLFW 3.2 and earlier, see github.com/glfw/glfw/issues/784) ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors(); @@ -686,8 +695,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() if (bd->InstalledCallbacks) ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks(bd->Window); -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ - emscripten_set_wheel_callback(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_TARGET_DOCUMENT, nullptr, false, nullptr); +#ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 + if (bd->CanvasSelector) + emscripten_set_wheel_callback(bd->CanvasSelector, nullptr, false, nullptr); #endif for (ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_n = 0; cursor_n < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; cursor_n++) @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData() ImGuiViewport* viewport = platform_io.Viewports[n]; GLFWwindow* window = (GLFWwindow*)viewport->PlatformHandle; -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 const bool is_window_focused = true; #else const bool is_window_focused = glfwGetWindowAttrib(window, GLFW_FOCUSED) != 0; @@ -813,7 +823,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() return; io.BackendFlags &= ~ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad; -#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) +#if GLFW_HAS_GAMEPAD_API && !defined(EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3) GLFWgamepadstate gamepad; if (!glfwGetGamepadState(GLFW_JOYSTICK_1, &gamepad)) return; @@ -931,7 +941,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads(); } -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange(int event_type, const EmscriptenUiEvent* event, void* user_data) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = (ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data*)user_data; @@ -952,7 +962,7 @@ static EM_BOOL ImGui_ImplEmscripten_FullscreenChangeCallback(int event_type, con // 'canvas_selector' is a CSS selector. The event listener is applied to the first element that matches the query. // STRING MUST PERSIST FOR THE APPLICATION DURATION. PLEASE USE A STRING LITERAL OR ENSURE POINTER WILL STAY VALID. -void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector) +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCallbacks(GLFWwindow*, const char* canvas_selector) { IM_ASSERT(canvas_selector != nullptr); ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); @@ -964,8 +974,24 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_sel // Change the size of the GLFW window according to the size of the canvas ImGui_ImplGlfw_OnCanvasSizeChange(EMSCRIPTEN_EVENT_RESIZE, {}, bd); + + // Register Emscripten Wheel callback to workaround issue in Emscripten GLFW Emulation (#6096) + // We intentionally do not check 'if (install_callbacks)' here, as some users may set it to false and call GLFW callback themselves. + // FIXME: May break chaining in case user registered their own Emscripten callback? + emscripten_set_wheel_callback(bd->CanvasSelector, nullptr, false, ImGui_ImplEmscripten_WheelCallback); } -#endif +#elif defined(EMSCRIPTEN_USE_PORT_CONTRIB_GLFW3) +// When using --use-port=contrib.glfw3 for the GLFW implementation, you can override the behavior of this call +// by invoking emscripten_glfw_make_canvas_resizable afterward. +// See https://github.com/pongasoft/emscripten-glfw/blob/master/docs/Usage.md#how-to-make-the-canvas-resizable-by-the-user for an explanation +void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window, const char* canvas_selector) +{ + GLFWwindow* w = (GLFWwindow*)(EM_ASM_INT({ return Module.glfwGetWindow(UTF8ToString($0)); }, canvas_selector)); + IM_ASSERT(window == w); // Sanity check + IM_UNUSED(w); + emscripten_glfw_make_canvas_resizable(window, "window", nullptr); +} +#endif // #ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_PORT_CONTRIB_GLFW3 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h index 6fe6882cb..910362b68 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h @@ -28,15 +28,17 @@ struct GLFWwindow; struct GLFWmonitor; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForVulkan(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOther(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame(); -// Emscripten related initialization phase methods +// Emscripten related initialization phase methods (call after ImGui_ImplGlfw_InitForOpenGL) #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ -IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector); +IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window, const char* canvas_selector); +//static inline void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCanvasResizeCallback(const char* canvas_selector) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCallbacks(nullptr, canvas_selector); } } // Renamed in 1.91.0 #endif // GLFW callbacks install diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h index 00671924d..54e425397 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.h @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplGLUT_Init(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_InstallFuncs(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGLUT_Shutdown(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h index e6846c704..1d6833102 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ @class MTLRenderPassDescriptor; @protocol MTLDevice, MTLCommandBuffer, MTLRenderCommandEncoder; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplMetal_Init(id device); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame(MTLRenderPassDescriptor* renderPassDescriptor); @@ -52,6 +53,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_DestroyDeviceObjects(); #include #ifndef __OBJC__ +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplMetal_Init(MTL::Device* device); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplMetal_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplMetal_NewFrame(MTL::RenderPassDescriptor* renderPassDescriptor); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h index 00d559d1f..76a3fb2c1 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl2.h @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Init(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL2_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp index fbe50d409..987a39868 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp @@ -126,6 +126,7 @@ // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: ignore unknown flags #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h index 215c7c07a..222672c2f 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.h @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE -// Backend API +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h index 1f2254bcc..e54165540 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ @class NSEvent; @class NSView; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(NSView* _Nonnull view); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(NSView* _Nullable view); @@ -45,6 +46,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(NSView* _Nullable view); // #include #ifndef __OBJC__ +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(void* _Nonnull view); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOSX_NewFrame(void* _Nullable view); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm index a96027d92..6b29a3c1e 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2024-XX-XX: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2024-07-02: Update for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() -> io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() renaming in main library. // 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F20 function keys. Stopped mapping F13 into PrintScreen. // 2023-04-09: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen. // 2023-02-01: Fixed scroll wheel scaling for devices emitting events with hasPreciseScrollingDeltas==false (e.g. non-Apple mices). @@ -499,7 +500,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(NSView* view) [view addSubview:bd->KeyEventResponder]; ImGui_ImplOSX_AddTrackingArea(view); - io.SetPlatformImeDataFn = [](ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) -> void + io.PlatformSetImeDataFn = [](ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) -> void { ImGui_ImplOSX_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOSX_GetBackendData(); if (data->WantVisible) @@ -918,7 +919,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOSX_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) window.opaque = YES; KeyEventResponder* view = [[KeyEventResponder alloc] initWithFrame:rect]; - if (floor(NSAppKitVersionNumber) > NSAppKitVersionNumber10_6) + if (floor(NSAppKitVersionNumber) > NSAppKitVersionNumber10_6 && ceil(NSAppKitVersionNumber) < NSAppKitVersionNumber10_15) [view setWantsBestResolutionOpenGLSurface:YES]; window.contentView = view; diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp index ecea99219..5cdc9e943 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2024-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2024-07-02: Emscripten: Added io.PlatformOpenInShellFn() handler for Emscripten versions. +// 2024-07-02: Update for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() -> io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() renaming in main library. // 2024-02-14: Inputs: Handle gamepad disconnection. Added ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetGamepadMode(). // 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. // 2023-04-06: Inputs: Avoid calling SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput() as they don't only pertain to IME. It's unclear exactly what their relation is to IME. (#6306) @@ -98,12 +100,15 @@ // (the multi-viewports feature requires SDL features supported from SDL 2.0.4+. SDL 2.0.5+ is highly recommended) #include #include -#if defined(__APPLE__) +#ifdef __APPLE__ #include extern "C" { #include "../../src/gui/macstuff.h" } #endif +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +#include +#endif #if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) && !defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) && !defined(__ANDROID__) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IOS) && !defined(__amigaos4__) #define SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE 1 @@ -177,7 +182,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text) } // Note: native IME will only display if user calls SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1") _before_ SDL_CreateWindow(). -static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetPlatformImeData(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_PlatformSetImeData(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) { if (data->WantVisible) { @@ -190,8 +195,9 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetPlatformImeData(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlat } } -static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) +static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode scancode) { + IM_UNUSED(scancode); switch (keycode) { case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -313,6 +319,7 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) case SDLK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; case SDLK_AC_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; + default: break; } return ImGuiKey_None; } @@ -401,7 +408,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) case SDL_KEYUP: { ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.keysym.mod); - ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym); + ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeyEventToImGuiKey(event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode); io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_KEYDOWN)); io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions. return true; @@ -457,6 +464,10 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) return false; } +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ +EM_JS(void, ImGui_ImplSDL2_EmscriptenOpenURL, (char const* url), { url = url ? UTF8ToString(url) : null; if (url) window.open(url, '_blank'); }); +#endif + static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void* sdl_gl_context) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -499,7 +510,10 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetClipboardText; io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetClipboardText; io.ClipboardUserData = nullptr; - io.SetPlatformImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetPlatformImeData; + io.PlatformSetImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_PlatformSetImeData; +#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ + io.PlatformOpenInShellFn = [](ImGuiContext*, const char* url) { ImGui_ImplSDL2_EmscriptenOpenURL(url); return true; }; +#endif // Gamepad handling bd->GamepadMode = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_AutoFirst; diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h index 1fba66c2e..78c76a842 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.h @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ struct SDL_Renderer; struct _SDL_GameController; typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp index 11e86a62d..c54589487 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ // dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL3 (*EXPERIMENTAL*) // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) // (Info: SDL3 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) -// (IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT ITS SPECS/API WILL CHANGE BEFORE RELEASE) + +// (**IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED AND CURRENTLY HAS A FAST CHANGING API. THIS CODE BREAKS OFTEN**) // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support. @@ -13,7 +14,6 @@ // Issues: // [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: Minimized windows seems to break mouse wheel events (at least under Windows). // [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). -// [ ] Platform: IME SUPPORT IS BROKEN IN SDL3 BECAUSE INPUTS GETS SENT TO BOTH APP AND IME + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!. // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. @@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2024-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2024-07-22: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetGamepads() memory ownership change. (#7807) +// 2024-07-18: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetClipboardText() memory ownership change. (#7801) +// 2024-07-15: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_GetProperty() change to SDL_GetPointerProperty(). (#7794) +// 2024-07-02: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDLK_x renames and SDLK_KP_x removals (#7761, #7762). // 2024-07-01: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_SetTextInputRect() changed to SDL_SetTextInputArea(). // 2024-06-26: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_StartTextInput()/SDL_StopTextInput()/SDL_SetTextInputRect() functions signatures. // 2024-06-24: Update for SDL3 api changes: SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN/SDL_EVENT_KEY_UP contents. @@ -127,7 +131,8 @@ static const char* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetClipboardText(void*) ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); if (bd->ClipboardTextData) SDL_free(bd->ClipboardTextData); - bd->ClipboardTextData = SDL_GetClipboardText(); + const char* sdl_clipboard_text = SDL_GetClipboardText(); + bd->ClipboardTextData = sdl_clipboard_text ? SDL_strdup(sdl_clipboard_text) : NULL; return bd->ClipboardTextData; } @@ -136,7 +141,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetClipboardText(void*, const char* text) SDL_SetClipboardText(text); } -static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetPlatformImeData(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_PlatformSetImeData(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) { ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); SDL_Window* window = (SDL_Window*)viewport->PlatformHandle; @@ -158,8 +163,30 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetPlatformImeData(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlat } } -static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) +static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode scancode) { + // Keypad doesn't have individual key values in SDL3 + switch (scancode) + { + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; + case SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual; + default: break; + } switch (keycode) { case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -193,23 +220,6 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; case SDLK_PRINTSCREEN: return ImGuiKey_PrintScreen; case SDLK_PAUSE: return ImGuiKey_Pause; - case SDLK_KP_0: return ImGuiKey_Keypad0; - case SDLK_KP_1: return ImGuiKey_Keypad1; - case SDLK_KP_2: return ImGuiKey_Keypad2; - case SDLK_KP_3: return ImGuiKey_Keypad3; - case SDLK_KP_4: return ImGuiKey_Keypad4; - case SDLK_KP_5: return ImGuiKey_Keypad5; - case SDLK_KP_6: return ImGuiKey_Keypad6; - case SDLK_KP_7: return ImGuiKey_Keypad7; - case SDLK_KP_8: return ImGuiKey_Keypad8; - case SDLK_KP_9: return ImGuiKey_Keypad9; - case SDLK_KP_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal; - case SDLK_KP_DIVIDE: return ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide; - case SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY: return ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply; - case SDLK_KP_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract; - case SDLK_KP_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd; - case SDLK_KP_ENTER: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; - case SDLK_KP_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual; case SDLK_LCTRL: return ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl; case SDLK_LSHIFT: return ImGuiKey_LeftShift; case SDLK_LALT: return ImGuiKey_LeftAlt; @@ -229,32 +239,32 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) case SDLK_7: return ImGuiKey_7; case SDLK_8: return ImGuiKey_8; case SDLK_9: return ImGuiKey_9; - case SDLK_a: return ImGuiKey_A; - case SDLK_b: return ImGuiKey_B; - case SDLK_c: return ImGuiKey_C; - case SDLK_d: return ImGuiKey_D; - case SDLK_e: return ImGuiKey_E; - case SDLK_f: return ImGuiKey_F; - case SDLK_g: return ImGuiKey_G; - case SDLK_h: return ImGuiKey_H; - case SDLK_i: return ImGuiKey_I; - case SDLK_j: return ImGuiKey_J; - case SDLK_k: return ImGuiKey_K; - case SDLK_l: return ImGuiKey_L; - case SDLK_m: return ImGuiKey_M; - case SDLK_n: return ImGuiKey_N; - case SDLK_o: return ImGuiKey_O; - case SDLK_p: return ImGuiKey_P; - case SDLK_q: return ImGuiKey_Q; - case SDLK_r: return ImGuiKey_R; - case SDLK_s: return ImGuiKey_S; - case SDLK_t: return ImGuiKey_T; - case SDLK_u: return ImGuiKey_U; - case SDLK_v: return ImGuiKey_V; - case SDLK_w: return ImGuiKey_W; - case SDLK_x: return ImGuiKey_X; - case SDLK_y: return ImGuiKey_Y; - case SDLK_z: return ImGuiKey_Z; + case SDLK_A: return ImGuiKey_A; + case SDLK_B: return ImGuiKey_B; + case SDLK_C: return ImGuiKey_C; + case SDLK_D: return ImGuiKey_D; + case SDLK_E: return ImGuiKey_E; + case SDLK_F: return ImGuiKey_F; + case SDLK_G: return ImGuiKey_G; + case SDLK_H: return ImGuiKey_H; + case SDLK_I: return ImGuiKey_I; + case SDLK_J: return ImGuiKey_J; + case SDLK_K: return ImGuiKey_K; + case SDLK_L: return ImGuiKey_L; + case SDLK_M: return ImGuiKey_M; + case SDLK_N: return ImGuiKey_N; + case SDLK_O: return ImGuiKey_O; + case SDLK_P: return ImGuiKey_P; + case SDLK_Q: return ImGuiKey_Q; + case SDLK_R: return ImGuiKey_R; + case SDLK_S: return ImGuiKey_S; + case SDLK_T: return ImGuiKey_T; + case SDLK_U: return ImGuiKey_U; + case SDLK_V: return ImGuiKey_V; + case SDLK_W: return ImGuiKey_W; + case SDLK_X: return ImGuiKey_X; + case SDLK_Y: return ImGuiKey_Y; + case SDLK_Z: return ImGuiKey_Z; case SDLK_F1: return ImGuiKey_F1; case SDLK_F2: return ImGuiKey_F2; case SDLK_F3: return ImGuiKey_F3; @@ -281,6 +291,7 @@ static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeycodeToImGuiKey(int keycode) case SDLK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; case SDLK_AC_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; + default: break; } return ImGuiKey_None; } @@ -357,8 +368,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) case SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN: case SDL_EVENT_KEY_UP: { + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("SDL_EVENT_KEY_%d: key=%d, scancode=%d, mod=%X\n", (event->type == SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN) ? "DOWN" : "UP", event->key.key, event->key.scancode, event->key.mod); ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateKeyModifiers((SDL_Keymod)event->key.mod); - ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeycodeToImGuiKey(event->key.key); + ImGuiKey key = ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeyEventToImGuiKey(event->key.key, event->key.scancode); io.AddKeyEvent(key, (event->type == SDL_EVENT_KEY_DOWN)); io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.key, event->key.scancode, event->key.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions. return true; @@ -421,10 +433,10 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetupPlatformHandles(ImGuiViewport* viewport, SDL_Win { viewport->PlatformHandle = window; viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = nullptr; -#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WINRT__) - viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (HWND)SDL_GetProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), "SDL.window.win32.hwnd", nullptr); +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__WINRT__) + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (HWND)SDL_GetPointerProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), SDL_PROP_WINDOW_WIN32_HWND_POINTER, nullptr); #elif defined(__APPLE__) && defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA) - viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = (void*)SDL_GetProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), "SDL.window.cocoa.window", nullptr); + viewport->PlatformHandleRaw = SDL_GetPointerProperty(SDL_GetWindowProperties(window), SDL_PROP_WINDOW_COCOA_WINDOW_POINTER, nullptr); #endif } @@ -471,7 +483,7 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void io.SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetClipboardText; io.GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetClipboardText; io.ClipboardUserData = nullptr; - io.SetPlatformImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetPlatformImeData; + io.PlatformSetImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_PlatformSetImeData; // Gamepad handling bd->GamepadMode = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst; @@ -722,7 +734,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads() { ImGui_ImplSDL3_CloseGamepads(); int sdl_gamepads_count = 0; - SDL_JoystickID* sdl_gamepads = SDL_GetGamepads(&sdl_gamepads_count); + const SDL_JoystickID* sdl_gamepads = SDL_GetGamepads(&sdl_gamepads_count); for (int n = 0; n < sdl_gamepads_count; n++) if (SDL_Gamepad* gamepad = SDL_OpenGamepad(sdl_gamepads[n])) { @@ -730,7 +742,6 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads() if (bd->GamepadMode == ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_AutoFirst) break; } - SDL_free(sdl_gamepads); bd->WantUpdateGamepadsList = false; } @@ -778,7 +789,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors() bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; int display_count; - SDL_DisplayID* displays = SDL_GetDisplays(&display_count); + const SDL_DisplayID* displays = SDL_GetDisplays(&display_count); for (int n = 0; n < display_count; n++) { // Warning: the validity of monitor DPI information on Windows depends on the application DPI awareness settings, which generally needs to be set in the manifest or at runtime. @@ -916,7 +927,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_DestroyWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData* vd = (ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData*)viewport->PlatformUserData) { if (vd->GLContext && vd->WindowOwned) - SDL_GL_DeleteContext(vd->GLContext); + SDL_GL_DestroyContext(vd->GLContext); if (vd->Window && vd->WindowOwned) SDL_DestroyWindow(vd->Window); vd->GLContext = nullptr; diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h index ef5497e88..d475b1021 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.h @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ // dear imgui: Platform Backend for SDL3 (*EXPERIMENTAL*) // This needs to be used along with a Renderer (e.g. DirectX11, OpenGL3, Vulkan..) // (Info: SDL3 is a cross-platform general purpose library for handling windows, inputs, graphics context creation, etc.) -// (IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT ITS SPECS/API WILL CHANGE BEFORE RELEASE) + +// (**IMPORTANT: SDL 3.0.0 is NOT YET RELEASED AND CURRENTLY HAS A FAST CHANGING API. THIS CODE BREAKS OFTEN**) // Implemented features: // [X] Platform: Clipboard support. @@ -14,7 +15,6 @@ // [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: Minimized windows seems to break mouse wheel events (at least under Windows). // [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). // [x] Platform: Basic IME support. Position somehow broken in SDL3 + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!. -// [ ] Platform: IME SUPPORT IS BROKEN IN SDL3 BECAUSE INPUTS GETS SENT TO BOTH APP AND IME + app needs to call 'SDL_SetHint(SDL_HINT_IME_SHOW_UI, "1");' before SDL_CreateWindow()!. // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ struct SDL_Renderer; struct SDL_Gamepad; typedef union SDL_Event SDL_Event; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForOpenGL(SDL_Window* window, void* sdl_gl_context); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForVulkan(SDL_Window* window); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_InitForD3D(SDL_Window* window); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h index 37142f07c..b91ed1127 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ struct SDL_Renderer; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h index a284743b4..e4bce4cf5 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.h @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ struct SDL_Renderer; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Init(SDL_Renderer* renderer); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp index 036307a85..cb54fa17a 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp @@ -1895,9 +1895,13 @@ static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_SwapBuffers(ImGuiViewport* viewport, void*) if (err == VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR || err == VK_SUBOPTIMAL_KHR) { vd->SwapChainNeedRebuild = true; - return; + if (err == VK_ERROR_OUT_OF_DATE_KHR) + return; + } + else + { + check_vk_result(err); } - check_vk_result(err); wd->FrameIndex = (wd->FrameIndex + 1) % wd->ImageCount; // This is for the next vkWaitForFences() wd->SemaphoreIndex = (wd->SemaphoreIndex + 1) % wd->SemaphoreCount; // Now we can use the next set of semaphores diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h index 2358d6688..22df982cf 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo VkDeviceSize MinAllocationSize; // Minimum allocation size. Set to 1024*1024 to satisfy zealous best practices validation layer and waste a little memory. }; -// Called by user code +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init(ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* info); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h index a43f34c08..31d31c907 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.h @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplWGPU_InitInfo } }; +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(ImGui_ImplWGPU_InitInfo* init_info); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWGPU_Shutdown(); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWGPU_NewFrame(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp index 7a96f37c6..7470e5e37 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2024-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2024-07-08: Inputs: Fixed ImGuiMod_Super being mapped to VK_APPS instead of VK_LWIN||VK_RWIN. (#7768) // 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F24 function keys, app back/forward keys. // 2023-09-25: Inputs: Synthesize key-down event on key-up for VK_SNAPSHOT / ImGuiKey_PrintScreen as Windows doesn't emit it (same behavior as GLFW/SDL). // 2023-09-07: Inputs: Added support for keyboard codepage conversion for when application is compiled in MBCS mode and using a non-Unicode window. @@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateKeyModifiers() io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Ctrl, IsVkDown(VK_CONTROL)); io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Shift, IsVkDown(VK_SHIFT)); io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Alt, IsVkDown(VK_MENU)); - io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, IsVkDown(VK_APPS)); + io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_Super, IsVkDown(VK_LWIN) || IsVkDown(VK_RWIN)); } // This code supports multi-viewports (multiple OS Windows mapped into different Dear ImGui viewports) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h index cebe661ef..4cf54d821 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.h @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +// Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(void* hwnd); IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplWin32_InitForOpenGL(void* hwnd); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h b/extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h index 367820065..f235392ec 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h @@ -21,10 +21,11 @@ //---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows // Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. -// DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() -// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) +// - Windows DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() +// for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec(dllexport) // MSVC Windows: DLL export +//#define IMGUI_API __declspec(dllimport) // MSVC Windows: DLL import +//#define IMGUI_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) // GCC/Clang: override visibility when set is hidden //---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS @@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME). //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement default io.PlatformOpenInShellFn() handler (Win32: ShellExecute(), require shell32.lib/.a, Mac/Linux: use system("")). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FILE_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFileOpen/ImFileClose/ImFileRead/ImFileWrite and ImFileHandle at all (replace them with dummies) @@ -49,6 +51,9 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE // Disable use of SSE intrinsics even if available +//---- Enable Test Engine / Automation features. +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE // Enable imgui_test_engine hooks. Generally set automatically by include "imgui_te_config.h", see Test Engine for details. + //---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience // May be convenient for some users to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h and have extra stuff included. //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp index 024750428..1a8a58267 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.90.9 +// dear imgui, v1.91.0 // (main code and documentation) // Help: @@ -438,6 +438,25 @@ CODE - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates. If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos. + - 2024/07/25 (1.91.0) - obsoleted GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegionMin() and GetWindowContentRegionMax(). (see #7838 on GitHub for more info) + you should never need those functions. you can do everything with GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() in a more simple way. + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetCursorPos().x + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail().x + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x + GetWindowPos().x + - you can use: GetCursorScreenPos().x + GetContentRegionAvail().x // when called from left edge of window + - instead of: GetContentRegionMax() + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail() + GetCursorScreenPos() - GetWindowPos() // right edge in local coordinates + - instead of: GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x + - you can use: GetContentRegionAvail() // when called from left edge of window + - 2024/07/15 (1.91.0) - renamed ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups to ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups. (#1379, #1468, #2200, #4936, #5216, #7302, #7573) + (internals: also renamed ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup into ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups with inverted behaviors) + - 2024/07/15 (1.91.0) - obsoleted PushButtonRepeat()/PopButtonRepeat() in favor of using new PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, ...)/PopItemFlag(). + - 2024/07/02 (1.91.0) - commented out obsolete ImGuiModFlags (renamed to ImGuiKeyChord in 1.89). (#4921, #456) + - commented out obsolete ImGuiModFlags_XXX values (renamed to ImGuiMod_XXX in 1.89). (#4921, #456) + - ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift etc. + - 2024/07/02 (1.91.0) - IO, IME: renamed platform IME hook and added explicit context for consistency and future-proofness. + - old: io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + - new: io.PlatformSetImeDataFn(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); - 2024/06/21 (1.90.9) - BeginChild: added ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened as a replacement for the window flag ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened: the feature only ever made sense for BeginChild() anyhow. - old: BeginChild("Name", size, 0, ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); - new: BeginChild("Name", size, ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened, 0); @@ -1028,7 +1047,7 @@ CODE #endif // [Windows] OS specific includes (optional) -#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS #endif #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) @@ -1047,6 +1066,7 @@ CODE // The UWP and GDK Win32 API subsets don't support clipboard nor IME functions #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS #endif #endif @@ -1099,7 +1119,7 @@ CODE #endif // Debug options -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Hold CTRL to display for all candidates. CTRL+Arrow to change last direction. #define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window // When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. @@ -1139,7 +1159,8 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSetti // Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx); static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text); -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); +static void PlatformSetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); +static bool PlatformOpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* path); namespace ImGui { @@ -1286,12 +1307,13 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. TabBarBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. + TabBarOverlineSize = 2.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar. TableAngledHeadersAngle = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees). TableAngledHeadersTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f);// Alignment of angled headers within the cell ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. - SeparatorTextBorderSize = 3.0f; // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText() + SeparatorTextBorderSize = 3.0f; // Thickness of border in SeparatorText() SeparatorTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center). SeparatorTextPadding = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. @@ -1341,6 +1363,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); TabRounding = ImTrunc(TabRounding * scale_factor); TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; + TabBarOverlineSize = ImTrunc(TabBarOverlineSize * scale_factor); SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor); DockingSeparatorSize = ImTrunc(DockingSeparatorSize * scale_factor); DisplayWindowPadding = ImTrunc(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); @@ -1402,6 +1425,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() #else ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; #endif + ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons = false; ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true; ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false; @@ -1423,6 +1447,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers. BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; + PlatformOpenInShellUserData = NULL; PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) @@ -2120,6 +2145,10 @@ void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, va_end(args); } +// FIXME: Should rework API toward allowing multiple in-flight temp buffers (easier and safer for caller) +// by making the caller acquire a temp buffer token, with either explicit or destructor release, e.g. +// ImGuiTempBufferToken token; +// ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(token, ...); void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -2617,6 +2646,7 @@ ImGuiStoragePair* ImLowerBound(ImGuiStoragePair* in_begin, ImGuiStoragePair* in_ return in_p; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that. @@ -2634,7 +2664,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return default_val; return it->val_i; } @@ -2647,7 +2677,7 @@ bool ImGuiStorage::GetBool(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) const float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return default_val; return it->val_f; } @@ -2655,7 +2685,7 @@ float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val) const void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(const_cast(Data.Data), const_cast(Data.Data + Data.Size), key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) return NULL; return it->val_p; } @@ -2664,7 +2694,7 @@ void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_i; } @@ -2677,7 +2707,7 @@ bool* ImGuiStorage::GetBoolRef(ImGuiID key, bool default_val) float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_f; } @@ -2685,7 +2715,7 @@ float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val) void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) it = Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, default_val)); return &it->val_p; } @@ -2694,7 +2724,7 @@ void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val) void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); else it->val_i = val; @@ -2708,7 +2738,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetBool(ImGuiID key, bool val) void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); else it->val_f = val; @@ -2717,7 +2747,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val) void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val) { ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(Data.Data, Data.Data + Data.Size, key); - if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key) + if (it == Data.Data + Data.Size || it->key != key) Data.insert(it, ImGuiStoragePair(key, val)); else it->val_p = val; @@ -2728,6 +2758,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++) Data[i].val_i = v; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter @@ -2795,15 +2826,15 @@ void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const { - if (Filters.empty()) + if (Filters.Size == 0) return true; if (text == NULL) - text = ""; + text = text_end = ""; for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - if (f.empty()) + if (f.b == f.e) continue; if (f.b[0] == '-') { @@ -2970,15 +3001,6 @@ static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_ } } -static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n) -{ - // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction - // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges - ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; - float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight); - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight); -} - ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); @@ -3015,6 +3037,7 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) data->Reset(this); data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y; TempData = data; + StartSeekOffsetY = data->LossynessOffset; } void ImGuiListClipper::End() @@ -3025,7 +3048,7 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::End() ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name); if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); + SeekCursorForItem(ItemsCount); // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this); @@ -3049,6 +3072,17 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_begin, item_end)); } +// This is already called while stepping. +// The ONLY reason you may want to call this is if you passed INT_MAX to ImGuiListClipper::Begin() because you couldn't step item count beforehand. +void ImGuiListClipper::SeekCursorForItem(int item_n) +{ + // - Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges. + // - StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen, by adding SeekOffsetY we generally cancel that out (SeekOffsetY == LossynessOffset - ItemsFrozen * ItemsHeight). + // - The reason we store SeekOffsetY instead of inferring it, is because we want to allow user to perform Seek after the last step, where ImGuiListClipperData is already done. + float pos_y = (float)((double)StartPosY + StartSeekOffsetY + (double)item_n * ItemsHeight); + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, ItemsHeight); +} + static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ImGuiContext& g = *clipper->Ctx; @@ -3103,7 +3137,8 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y); if (affected_by_floating_point_precision) clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries. - + if (clipper->ItemsHeight == 0.0f && clipper->ItemsCount == INT_MAX) // Accept that no item have been submitted if in indeterminate mode. + return false; IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards. } @@ -3112,6 +3147,9 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd; if (calc_clipping) { + // Record seek offset, this is so ImGuiListClipper::Seek() can be called after ImGuiListClipperData is done + clipper->StartSeekOffsetY = (double)data->LossynessOffset - data->ItemsFrozen * (double)clipper->ItemsHeight; + if (g.LogEnabled) { // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping @@ -3132,9 +3170,27 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0)); // Add visible range + float min_y = window->ClipRect.Min.y; + float max_y = window->ClipRect.Max.y; + + // Add box selection range + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + if (bs->IsActive && bs->Window == window) + { + // FIXME: Selectable() use of half-ItemSpacing isn't consistent in matter of layout, as ItemAdd(bb) stray above ItemSize()'s CursorPos. + // RangeSelect's BoxSelect relies on comparing overlap of previous and current rectangle and is sensitive to that. + // As a workaround we currently half ItemSpacing worth on each side. + min_y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + max_y += g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + + // Box-select on 2D area requires different clipping. + if (bs->UnclipMode) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(bs->UnclipRect.Min.y, bs->UnclipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); + } + const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0; const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0; - data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max)); + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(min_y, max_y, off_min, off_max)); } // Convert position ranges to item index ranges @@ -3159,7 +3215,7 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); + clipper->SeekCursorForItem(clipper->DisplayStart); data->StepNo++; if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) continue; @@ -3169,7 +3225,7 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount); + clipper->SeekCursorForItem(clipper->ItemsCount); return false; } @@ -3313,6 +3369,7 @@ static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarOverlineSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarOverlineSize { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersAngle)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersTextAlign)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign @@ -3435,6 +3492,7 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight"; case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg"; case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt"; + case ImGuiCol_TextLink: return "TextLink"; case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; @@ -3637,7 +3695,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con const ImFont* font = draw_list->_Data->Font; const float font_size = draw_list->_Data->FontSize; - const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize; + const float font_scale = draw_list->_Data->FontScale; const char* text_end_ellipsis = NULL; const float ellipsis_width = font->EllipsisWidth * font_scale; @@ -3841,7 +3899,7 @@ void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) IM_DELETE(ctx); } -// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages +// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages to allow for automation. static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { { ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" }, @@ -3852,6 +3910,7 @@ static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)" }, { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, "(Popup)" }, { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, "(Untitled)" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink, "Copy Link###CopyLink" }, { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, "Hide tab bar###HideTabBar" }, { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock, "Hold SHIFT to enable Docking window." }, { ImGuiLocKey_DockingDragToUndockOrMoveNode,"Click and drag to move or undock whole node." }, @@ -3883,7 +3942,8 @@ void ImGui::Initialize() g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; g.IO.ClipboardUserData = (void*)&g; // Default implementation use the ImGuiContext as user data (ideally those would be arguments to the function) - g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; + g.IO.PlatformOpenInShellFn = PlatformOpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl; + g.IO.PlatformSetImeDataFn = PlatformSetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; // Create default viewport ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); @@ -3963,7 +4023,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown() g.FontStack.clear(); g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); - g.NavTreeNodeStack.clear(); + g.TreeNodeStack.clear(); g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; g.Viewports.clear_delete(); @@ -3978,6 +4038,9 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown() g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct(); g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); + g.MultiSelectStorage.Clear(); + g.MultiSelectTempData.clear_destruct(); + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); @@ -4096,6 +4159,7 @@ static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) if (window) { g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); + g.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } } @@ -4105,6 +4169,8 @@ void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); g.GroupStack.clear(); + g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked = 0; + g.MultiSelectTempData.clear_destruct(); TableGcCompactSettings(); } @@ -4193,9 +4259,6 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif } void ImGui::ClearActiveID() @@ -4233,7 +4296,7 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343) // We accept 'ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id' for InputText() returning an edit after it has been taken ActiveId away (#4714) - IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id || (g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive)); //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; @@ -5060,25 +5123,8 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() { g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - if (g.ActiveId == 0) - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0; - else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0) - { - // If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); } - // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); } - if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); - if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported - } -#endif - // Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item. // FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values. // To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function. @@ -5200,7 +5246,8 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); - g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups); // Default flags + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); g.GroupStack.resize(0); // Docking @@ -5502,13 +5549,13 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) ImGuiPlatformImeData* ime_data = &g.PlatformImeData; - if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) + if (g.IO.PlatformSetImeDataFn != NULL && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) { ImGuiViewport* viewport = FindViewportByID(g.PlatformImeViewport); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling io.PlatformSetImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y); if (viewport == NULL) viewport = GetMainViewport(); - g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport, ime_data); + g.IO.PlatformSetImeDataFn(&g, viewport, ime_data); } // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used @@ -5821,9 +5868,15 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; } +// Call after a Selectable() or TreeNode() involved in multi-selection. +// Useful if you need the per-item information before reaching EndMultiSelect(), e.g. for rendering purpose. +// This is only meant to be called inside a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() block. +// (Outside of multi-select, it would be misleading/ambiguous to report this signal, as widgets +// return e.g. a pressed event and user code is in charge of altering selection in ways we cannot predict.) bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL); // Can only be used inside a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; } @@ -5883,7 +5936,8 @@ void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() } #endif -// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function. +// This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys, frequently used by drag operations. +// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version if needed? void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7838,7 +7892,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask = 0x00; window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage; window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; @@ -8294,12 +8348,14 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) g.Font = font; g.FontBaseSize = ImMax(1.0f, g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale); g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f; + g.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines; g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; + g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontScale; } void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font) @@ -8427,26 +8483,6 @@ void ImGui::EndDisabledOverrideReenable() g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup * g.Style.DisabledAlpha; } -void ImGui::PushTabStop(bool tab_stop) -{ - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop); -} - -void ImGui::PopTabStop() -{ - PopItemFlag(); -} - -void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) -{ - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); -} - -void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() -{ - PopItemFlag(); -} - void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -8927,6 +8963,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->FontWindowScale = scale; g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); + g.FontScale = g.DrawListSharedData.FontScale = g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize; } void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) @@ -9087,6 +9124,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) // This is one of the very rare legacy case where we use ImGuiWindow methods, // it should ideally be flattened at some point but it's been used a lots by widgets. +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); @@ -9226,6 +9264,13 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) return window->GetID(ptr_id); } +ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(int int_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + return window->GetID(int_id); +} +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] INPUTS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -10672,6 +10717,11 @@ void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags) } } +void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) +{ + SetItemKeyOwner(key, ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} + // This is the only public API until we expose owner_id versions of the API as replacements. bool ImGui::IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) { @@ -10998,6 +11048,11 @@ void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, vo if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); EndTabBar(); } + while (g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && g.CurrentMultiSelect->Storage->Window == window) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndMultiSelect() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndMultiSelect(); + } while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) { if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); @@ -11221,9 +11276,7 @@ IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // - GetFrameHeight() // - GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() // - GetContentRegionMax() -// - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal] // - GetContentRegionAvail(), -// - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() // - BeginGroup() // - EndGroup() // Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns. @@ -11439,8 +11492,8 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() w = window->DC.ItemWidth; if (w < 0.0f) { - float region_max_x = GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; - w = ImMax(1.0f, region_max_x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + w); + float region_avail_x = GetContentRegionAvail().x; + w = ImMax(1.0f, region_avail_x + w); } w = IM_TRUNC(w); return w; @@ -11452,22 +11505,19 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() // The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - ImVec2 region_max; + ImVec2 avail; if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) - region_max = GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); + avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); if (size.x == 0.0f) size.x = default_w; else if (size.x < 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x); + size.x = ImMax(4.0f, avail.x + size.x); // <-- size.x is negative here so we are subtracting if (size.y == 0.0f) size.y = default_h; else if (size.y < 0.0f) - size.y = ImMax(4.0f, region_max.y - window->DC.CursorPos.y + size.y); + size.y = ImMax(4.0f, avail.y + size.y); // <-- size.y is negative here so we are subtracting return size; } @@ -11496,33 +11546,23 @@ float ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; } -// FIXME: All the Contents Region function are messy or misleading. WE WILL AIM TO OBSOLETE ALL OF THEM WITH A NEW "WORK RECT" API. Thanks for your patience! - -// FIXME: This is in window space (not screen space!). -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - return mx - window->Pos; -} - -// [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - return mx; -} - ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return GetContentRegionMaxAbs() - window->DC.CursorPos; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; + return mx - window->DC.CursorPos; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +// You should never need those functions. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! +// They are bizarre local-coordinates which don't play well with scrolling. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() +{ + return GetContentRegionAvail() + GetCursorScreenPos() - GetWindowPos(); } -// In window space (not screen space!) ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; @@ -11534,6 +11574,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; } +#endif // Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) // Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated. @@ -11579,11 +11620,11 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() if (window->DC.IsSetPos) ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); - ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); - + // Include LastItemData.Rect.Max as a workaround for e.g. EndTable() undershooting with CursorMaxPos report. (#7543) + ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max), group_data.BackupCursorPos)); window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = group_data.BackupCursorPosPrevLine; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, group_bb.Max); window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; @@ -11598,7 +11639,7 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() return; } - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop); @@ -12671,6 +12712,9 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) { // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes + // FIXME-NAV: Quadrant may be incorrect because of (1) dbx bias and (2) curr.Max.y bias applied by NavBiasScoringRect() where typically curr.Max.y==curr.Min.y + // One typical case where this happens, with style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right, pressing Left to navigate from Close to Collapse tends to fail. + // Also see #6344. Calling ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta() with unbiased values may be good but side-effects are plenty. dax = dbx; day = dby; dist_axial = dist_box; @@ -12949,6 +12993,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavM { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestSubmit: dir %c, window \"%s\"\n", "-WENS"[move_dir + 1], g.NavWindow->Name); if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId; @@ -12978,7 +13023,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) } // Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data) +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; @@ -13201,6 +13246,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = 0; if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0) NavInitRequestApplyResult(); g.NavInitRequest = false; @@ -13353,6 +13399,7 @@ void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult() ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult; if (g.NavId != result->ID) { + g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = g.NavFocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0; @@ -13611,6 +13658,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior. if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0) { + g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId = g.NavFocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods; @@ -14379,7 +14427,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinTarget == false && g.DragDropWithinSource == false); // Can't nest BeginDragDropSource() and BeginDragDropTarget() g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; - g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overriden by user depending on use case? + g.DragDropTargetClipRect = window->ClipRect; // May want to be overridden by user depending on use case? g.DragDropTargetId = id; g.DragDropWithinTarget = true; return true; @@ -14732,10 +14780,10 @@ void ImGui::LogButtons() #endif const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); - PushTabStop(false); + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); SetNextItemWidth(80.0f); SliderInt("Default Depth", &g.LogDepthToExpandDefault, 0, 9, NULL); - PopTabStop(); + PopItemFlag(); PopID(); // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log @@ -15582,6 +15630,10 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(monitor->WorkPos); g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize); } + else + { + g.FallbackMonitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[0]; + } for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor : g.PlatformIO.Monitors) { g.PlatformMonitorsFullWorkRect.Add(monitor.WorkPos); @@ -20164,6 +20216,10 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Default clipboard handlers +// - Default shell function handlers +// - Default IME handlers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) @@ -20289,8 +20345,62 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; } +#endif // Default clipboard handlers + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#if defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IPHONE +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS #endif +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#ifdef _WIN32 +#include // ShellExecuteA() +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma comment(lib, "shell32") +#endif +static bool PlatformOpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* path) +{ + return (INT_PTR)::ShellExecuteA(NULL, "open", path, NULL, NULL, SW_SHOWDEFAULT) > 32; +} +#else +#include +#include +static bool PlatformOpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* path) +{ +#if defined(__APPLE__) + const char* args[] { "open", "--", path, NULL }; +#else + const char* args[] { "xdg-open", path, NULL }; +#endif + pid_t pid = fork(); + if (pid < 0) + return false; + if (!pid) + { + execvp(args[0], const_cast(args)); + exit(-1); + } + else + { + int status; + waitpid(pid, &status, 0); + return WEXITSTATUS(status) == 0; + } +} +#endif +#else +static bool PlatformOpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char*) { return false; } +#endif // Default shell handlers + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) @@ -20299,7 +20409,7 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data_ctx, const char* text #pragma comment(lib, "imm32") #endif -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +static void PlatformSetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) { // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; @@ -20325,9 +20435,9 @@ static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatf #else -static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} +static void PlatformSetImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} -#endif +#endif // Default IME handlers //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW @@ -20814,14 +20924,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { for (int i = 0; i < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; i++) { - const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[i]; - BulletText("Monitor #%d: DPI %.0f%%\n MainMin (%.0f,%.0f), MainMax (%.0f,%.0f), MainSize (%.0f,%.0f)\n WorkMin (%.0f,%.0f), WorkMax (%.0f,%.0f), WorkSize (%.0f,%.0f)", - i, mon.DpiScale * 100.0f, - mon.MainPos.x, mon.MainPos.y, mon.MainPos.x + mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainPos.y + mon.MainSize.y, mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainSize.y, - mon.WorkPos.x, mon.WorkPos.y, mon.WorkPos.x + mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkPos.y + mon.WorkSize.y, mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkSize.y); + DebugNodePlatformMonitor(&g.PlatformIO.Monitors[i], "Monitor", i); if (IsItemHovered()) cfg->HighlightMonitorIdx = i; } + DebugNodePlatformMonitor(&g.FallbackMonitor, "Fallback", 0); TreePop(); } @@ -20916,6 +21023,17 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) TreePop(); } + // Details for MultiSelect + if (TreeNode("MultiSelect", "MultiSelect (%d)", g.MultiSelectStorage.GetAliveCount())) + { + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + BulletText("BoxSelect ID=0x%08X, Starting = %d, Active %d", bs->ID, bs->IsStarting, bs->IsActive); + for (int n = 0; n < g.MultiSelectStorage.GetMapSize(); n++) + if (ImGuiMultiSelectState* state = g.MultiSelectStorage.TryGetMapData(n)) + DebugNodeMultiSelectState(state); + TreePop(); + } + // Details for Docking #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK if (TreeNode("Docking")) @@ -21018,7 +21136,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) for (int n = buf_size - 1; n >= 0; n--) { ImGuiDebugAllocEntry* entry = &info->LastEntriesBuf[(info->LastEntriesIdx - n + buf_size) % buf_size]; - BulletText("Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d malloc, %2d free )%s", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount, (n == 0) ? " (most recent)" : ""); + BulletText("Frame %06d: %+3d ( %2d alloc, %2d free )", entry->FrameCount, entry->AllocCount - entry->FreeCount, entry->AllocCount, entry->FreeCount); + if (n == 0) + { + SameLine(); + Text("<- %d frames ago", g.FrameCount - entry->FrameCount); + } } TreePop(); } @@ -21727,6 +21850,14 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) } } +void ImGui::DebugNodePlatformMonitor(ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor, const char* label, int idx) +{ + BulletText("%s %d: DPI %.0f%%\n MainMin (%.0f,%.0f), MainMax (%.0f,%.0f), MainSize (%.0f,%.0f)\n WorkMin (%.0f,%.0f), WorkMax (%.0f,%.0f), WorkSize (%.0f,%.0f)", + label, idx, monitor->DpiScale * 100.0f, + monitor->MainPos.x, monitor->MainPos.y, monitor->MainPos.x + monitor->MainSize.x, monitor->MainPos.y + monitor->MainSize.y, monitor->MainSize.x, monitor->MainSize.y, + monitor->WorkPos.x, monitor->WorkPos.y, monitor->WorkPos.x + monitor->WorkSize.x, monitor->WorkPos.y + monitor->WorkSize.y, monitor->WorkSize.x, monitor->WorkSize.y); +} + void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) { if (window == NULL) @@ -21759,6 +21890,12 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + BulletText("ChildFlags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s..)", window->ChildFlags, + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_Border) ? "Border " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX) ? "ResizeX " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY) ? "ResizeY " : "", + (window->ChildFlags & ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened) ? "NavFlattened " : ""); BulletText("WindowClassId: 0x%08X", window->WindowClass.ClassId); BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); BulletText("InertialScrollSpeed: %.2f,%.2f",window->InertialScrollSpeed.x,window->InertialScrollSpeed.y); @@ -21879,7 +22016,7 @@ static void SameLineOrWrap(const ImVec2& size) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y); - if (window->ClipRect.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) + if (window->WorkRect.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) ImGui::SameLine(); } @@ -21918,7 +22055,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) ShowDebugLogFlag("IO", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); ShowDebugLogFlag("Nav", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); ShowDebugLogFlag("Popup", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); - //ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection); + ShowDebugLogFlag("Selection", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection); ShowDebugLogFlag("Viewport", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport); ShowDebugLogFlag("InputRouting", ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventInputRouting); @@ -21930,6 +22067,22 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Copy")) SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Configure Outputs..")) + OpenPopup("Outputs"); + if (BeginPopup("Outputs")) + { + CheckboxFlags("OutputToTTY", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY); +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + BeginDisabled(); +#endif + CheckboxFlags("OutputToTestEngine", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTestEngine); +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + EndDisabled(); +#endif + EndPopup(); + } + BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); const ImGuiDebugLogFlags backup_log_flags = g.DebugLogFlags; @@ -21959,7 +22112,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugTextUnformattedWithLocateItem(const char* line_begin, const cha for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) { ImGuiID id = 0; - if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1) + if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1 || ImCharIsXdigitA(p[10])) continue; ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p); ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10); @@ -22290,8 +22443,6 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} -void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {} -void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {} void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool*) {} void ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker() {} diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h index a3938e3f6..c37cc5c26 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.90.9 +// dear imgui, v1.91.0 // (headers) // Help: @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ // Library Version // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345') -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.90.9" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19090 +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.91.0" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19100 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE #define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT // Viewport WIP branch #define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Docking WIP branch @@ -41,11 +41,12 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions // [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations // [SECTION] Tables API flags and structures (ImGuiTableFlags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags, ImGuiTableRowFlags, ImGuiTableBgTarget, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) -// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] Helpers: Debug log, Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> // [SECTION] ImGuiStyle // [SECTION] ImGuiIO // [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload) // [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, Math Operators, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Multi-Select API flags and structures (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags, ImGuiMultiSelectIO, ImGuiSelectionRequest, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage, ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage) // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) // [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) @@ -174,11 +175,15 @@ struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your a struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiKeyData; // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items +struct ImGuiMultiSelectIO; // Structure to interact with a BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() block struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations struct ImGuiPlatformIO; // Multi-viewport support: interface for Platform/Renderer backends + viewports to render struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor; // Multi-viewport support: user-provided bounds for each connected monitor/display. Used when positioning popups and tooltips to avoid them straddling monitors -struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() function. +struct ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage; // Optional helper to store multi-selection state + apply multi-selection requests. +struct ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage;//Optional helper to apply multi-selection requests to existing randomly accessible storage. +struct ImGuiSelectionRequest; // A selection request (stored in ImGuiMultiSelectIO) struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage (container sorted by key) struct ImGuiStoragePair; // Helper for key->value storage (pair) @@ -228,8 +233,10 @@ typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for Shortcut(), SetNextItemShortcut() typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), shared by all items typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for IsKeyChordPressed(), Shortcut() etc. an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() +typedef int ImGuiMultiSelectFlags; // -> enum ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_// Flags: for BeginMultiSelect() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar() @@ -265,6 +272,11 @@ typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; #endif +// Multi-Selection item index or identifier when using BeginMultiSelect() +// - Used by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + and inside ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// - Most users are likely to use this store an item INDEX but this may be used to store a POINTER/ID as well. Read comments near ImGuiMultiSelectIO for details. +typedef ImS64 ImGuiSelectionUserData; + // Callback and functions types typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() @@ -385,10 +397,10 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered and hoverable (e.g. not blocked by a popup/modal)? See ImGuiHoveredFlags_ for options. IMPORTANT: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to Dear ImGui or to your underlying app, you should not use this function! Use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Refer to FAQ entry "How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application?" for details. IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives IMGUI_API float GetWindowDpiScale(); // get DPI scale currently associated to the current window's viewport. - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using current layout pos instead, GetCursorScreenPos()) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using GetCursorScreenPos() and e.g. GetContentRegionAvail() instead) - IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) - IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS. Consider always using GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() instead) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS. Consider always using GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail() instead) + IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS). Shortcut for GetWindowSize().x. + IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (IT IS UNLIKELY YOU EVER NEED TO USE THIS). Shortcut for GetWindowSize().y. IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*GetWindowViewport(); // get viewport currently associated to the current window. // Window manipulation @@ -412,14 +424,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus. - // Content region - // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful. - // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates - // Windows Scrolling // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin(). // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY(). @@ -443,10 +447,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushTabStop(bool tab_stop); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets - IMGUI_API void PopTabStop(); - IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. - IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); + IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); // modify specified shared item flag, e.g. PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true) + IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); // Parameters stacks (current window) IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). @@ -470,19 +472,22 @@ namespace ImGui // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget. + // - YOU CAN DO 99% OF WHAT YOU NEED WITH ONLY GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail(). // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API: // - Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. -> this is the preferred way forward. - // - Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() - // - GetCursorScreenPos() = GetCursorPos() + GetWindowPos(). GetWindowPos() is almost only ever useful to convert from window-local to absolute coordinates. - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (prefer using this, also more useful to work with ImDrawList API). - IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // [window-local] cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) + // - Window-local coordinates: SameLine(offset), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), PushTextWrapPos() + // - Window-local coordinates: GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() --> all obsoleted. YOU DON'T NEED THEM. + // - GetCursorScreenPos() = GetCursorPos() + GetWindowPos(). GetWindowPos() is almost only ever useful to convert from window-local to absolute coordinates. Try not to use it. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position, absolute coordinates. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND (prefer using this rather than GetCursorPos(), also more useful to work with ImDrawList API). + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position, absolute coordinates. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // available space from current position. THIS IS YOUR BEST FRIEND. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // [window-local] cursor position in window-local coordinates. This is not your best friend. IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // [window-local] " IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // [window-local] " IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // [window-local] " IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // [window-local] " IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // [window-local] " - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // [window-local] initial cursor position, in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // [window-local] initial cursor position, in window-local coordinates. Call GetCursorScreenPos() after Begin() to get the absolute coordinates version. // Other layout functions IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. @@ -519,6 +524,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). e.g. if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(int int_id); // Widgets: Text IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // raw text without formatting. Roughly equivalent to Text("%s", text) but: A) doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified, B) it's faster, no memory copy is done, no buffer size limits, recommended for long chunks of text. @@ -554,6 +560,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses + IMGUI_API bool TextLink(const char* label); // hyperlink text button, return true when clicked + IMGUI_API void TextLinkOpenURL(const char* label, const char* url = NULL); // hyperlink text button, automatically open file/url when clicked // Widgets: Images // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples @@ -664,6 +672,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header. IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemStorageID(ImGuiID storage_id); // set id to use for open/close storage (default to same as item id). // Widgets: Selectables // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected. @@ -671,6 +680,18 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. + // Multi-selection system for Selectable(), Checkbox(), TreeNode() functions [BETA] + // - This enables standard multi-selection/range-selection idioms (CTRL+Mouse/Keyboard, SHIFT+Mouse/Keyboard, etc.) in a way that also allow a clipper to be used. + // - ImGuiSelectionUserData is often used to store your item index within the current view (but may store something else). + // - Read comments near ImGuiMultiSelectIO for instructions/details and see 'Demo->Widgets->Selection State & Multi-Select' for demo. + // - TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated. You need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, + // which is suited to advanced trees setups already implementing filters and clipper. We will work simplifying the current demo. + // - 'selection_size' and 'items_count' parameters are optional and used by a few features. If they are costly for you to compute, you may avoid them. + IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectIO* BeginMultiSelect(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags, int selection_size = -1, int items_count = -1); + IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectIO* EndMultiSelect(); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data); + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection state toggled? Useful if you need the per-item information _before_ reaching EndMultiSelect(). We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly. + // Widgets: List Boxes // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. // - You can submit contents and manage your selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any other items. @@ -996,6 +1017,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + // Inputs Utilities: Key/Input Ownership [BETA] + // - One common use case would be to allow your items to disable standard inputs behaviors such + // as Tab or Alt key handling, Mouse Wheel scrolling, etc. + // e.g. Button(...); SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); to make hovering/activating a button disable wheel for scrolling. + // - Reminder ImGuiKey enum include access to mouse buttons and gamepad, so key ownership can apply to them. + // - Many related features are still in imgui_internal.h. For instance, most IsKeyXXX()/IsMouseXXX() functions have an owner-id-aware version. + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); // Set key owner to last item ID if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. @@ -1037,6 +1066,10 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DebugFlashStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx); IMGUI_API void DebugStartItemPicker(); IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // Call via IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG() for maximum stripping in caller code! + IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); +#endif // Memory Allocators // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context. @@ -1102,7 +1135,7 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Obsolete names #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 30, // Obsoleted in 1.90: Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding in BeginChild() call. + ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 30, // Obsoleted in 1.90.0: Use ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding in BeginChild() call. ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 31, // Obsoleted in 1.90.9: Use ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened in BeginChild() call. #endif }; @@ -1127,7 +1160,19 @@ enum ImGuiChildFlags_ ImGuiChildFlags_AutoResizeY = 1 << 5, // Enable auto-resizing height. Read "IMPORTANT: Size measurement" details above. ImGuiChildFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Combined with AutoResizeX/AutoResizeY. Always measure size even when child is hidden, always return true, always disable clipping optimization! NOT RECOMMENDED. ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle = 1 << 7, // Style the child window like a framed item: use FrameBg, FrameRounding, FrameBorderSize, FramePadding instead of ChildBg, ChildRounding, ChildBorderSize, WindowPadding. - ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 8, // Share focus scope, allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. + ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 8, // [BETA] Share focus scope, allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::PushItemFlag() +// (Those are shared by all items) +enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +{ + ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, // (Default) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav. + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 1, // false // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls). + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 2, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items). + ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 3, // false // Any button-like behavior will have repeat mode enabled (based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate values). Note that you can also call IsItemActive() after any button to tell if it is being held. + ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups = 1 << 4, // true // MenuItem()/Selectable() automatically close their parent popup window. }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() @@ -1229,16 +1274,18 @@ enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window (overrides ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups) ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Frame will span all columns of its container table (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight = 1 << 5, // Make the item be displayed as if it is hovered ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHashTextHide = 1 << 5, // do not hide text after `##` #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7 + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups, // Renamed in 1.91.0 + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7 #endif }; @@ -1405,6 +1452,7 @@ enum ImGuiDataType_ ImGuiDataType_U64, // unsigned long long / unsigned __int64 ImGuiDataType_Float, // float ImGuiDataType_Double, // double + ImGuiDataType_Bool, // bool (provided for user convenience, not supported by scalar widgets) ImGuiDataType_COUNT }; @@ -1704,6 +1752,7 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight, // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) + ImGuiCol_TextLink, // Hyperlink color ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, // Rectangle highlighting a drop target ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item @@ -1756,6 +1805,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize, // float TabBorderSize ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize, // float TabBarBorderSize + ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarOverlineSize, // float TabBarOverlineSize ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle, // float TableAngledHeadersAngle ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign,// ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign @@ -2058,9 +2108,19 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] Helpers: Debug log, memory allocations macros, ImVector<> //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Debug Logging into ShowDebugLogWindow(), tty and more. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() // We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. @@ -2195,12 +2255,13 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. float TabBarBorderSize; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. + float TabBarOverlineSize; // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar. float TableAngledHeadersAngle; // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees). ImVec2 TableAngledHeadersTextAlign;// Alignment of angled headers within the cell ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. - float SeparatorTextBorderSize; // Thickkness of border in SeparatorText() + float SeparatorTextBorderSize; // Thickness of border in SeparatorText() ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign; // Alignment of text within the separator. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.5f) (left aligned, center). ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding; // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Apply to regular windows: amount which we enforce to keep visible when moving near edges of your screen. @@ -2293,6 +2354,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO // Miscellaneous options bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations. bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // Swap Cmd<>Ctrl keys + OS X style text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons; // = false // Swap Activate<>Cancel (A<>B) buttons, matching typical "Nintendo/Japanese style" gamepad layout. bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates. bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only). @@ -2352,9 +2414,15 @@ struct ImGuiIO void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text); void* ClipboardUserData; + // Optional: Open link/folder/file in OS Shell + // (default to use ShellExecuteA() on Windows, system() on Linux/Mac) + bool (*PlatformOpenInShellFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* path); + void* PlatformOpenInShellUserData; + // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) - void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + void (*PlatformSetImeDataFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); + //void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); // [Renamed to io.PlatformSetImeDataFn in 1.91.0] // Optional: Platform locale ImWchar PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' // [Experimental] Configure decimal point e.g. '.' or ',' useful for some languages (e.g. German), generally pulled from *localeconv()->decimal_point @@ -2719,9 +2787,10 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper int ItemsCount; // [Internal] Number of items float ItemsHeight; // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it float StartPosY; // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed + double StartSeekOffsetY; // [Internal] Account for frozen rows in a table and initial loss of precision in very large windows. void* TempData; // [Internal] Internal data - // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) + // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step, and you can call SeekCursorForItem() manually if you need) // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper(); IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper(); @@ -2734,6 +2803,11 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper inline void IncludeItemByIndex(int item_index) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_index, item_index + 1); } IMGUI_API void IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end); // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped. + // Seek cursor toward given item. This is automatically called while stepping. + // - The only reason to call this is: you can use ImGuiListClipper::Begin(INT_MAX) if you don't know item count ahead of time. + // - In this case, after all steps are done, you'll want to call SeekCursorForItem(item_count). + IMGUI_API void SeekCursorForItem(int item_index); + #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS inline void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.9] inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6] @@ -2816,6 +2890,154 @@ struct ImColor static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Multi-Select API flags and structures (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags, ImGuiSelectionRequestType, ImGuiSelectionRequest, ImGuiMultiSelectIO, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Multi-selection system +// Documentation at: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select +// - Refer to 'Demo->Widgets->Selection State & Multi-Select' for demos using this. +// - This system implements standard multi-selection idioms (CTRL+Mouse/Keyboard, SHIFT+Mouse/Keyboard, etc) +// with support for clipper (skipping non-visible items), box-select and many other details. +// - Selectable(), Checkbox() are supported but custom widgets may use it as well. +// - TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated: you need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, +// which is suited to advanced trees setups also implementing filters and clipper. We will work toward simplifying and demoing it. +// - In the spirit of Dear ImGui design, your code owns actual selection data. +// This is designed to allow all kinds of selection storage you may use in your application e.g. set/map/hash. +// About ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage: +// - This is an optional helper to store a selection state and apply selection requests. +// - It is used by our demos and provided as a convenience to quickly implement multi-selection. +// Usage: +// - Identify submitted items with SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), most likely using an index into your current data-set. +// - Store and maintain actual selection data using persistent object identifiers. +// - Usage flow: +// BEGIN - (1) Call BeginMultiSelect() and retrieve the ImGuiMultiSelectIO* result. +// - (2) Honor request list (SetAll/SetRange requests) by updating your selection data. Same code as Step 6. +// - (3) [If using clipper] You need to make sure RangeSrcItem is always submitted. Calculate its index and pass to clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(). If storing indices in ImGuiSelectionUserData, a simple clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(ms_io->RangeSrcItem) call will work. +// LOOP - (4) Submit your items with SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + Selectable()/TreeNode() calls. +// END - (5) Call EndMultiSelect() and retrieve the ImGuiMultiSelectIO* result. +// - (6) Honor request list (SetAll/SetRange requests) by updating your selection data. Same code as Step 2. +// If you submit all items (no clipper), Step 2 and 3 are optional and will be handled by each item themselves. It is fine to always honor those steps. +// About ImGuiSelectionUserData: +// - This can store an application-defined identifier (e.g. index or pointer) submitted via SetNextItemSelectionUserData(). +// - In return we store them into RangeSrcItem/RangeFirstItem/RangeLastItem and other fields in ImGuiMultiSelectIO. +// - Most applications will store an object INDEX, hence the chosen name and type. Storing an index is natural, because +// SetRange requests will give you two end-points and you will need to iterate/interpolate between them to update your selection. +// - However it is perfectly possible to store a POINTER or another IDENTIFIER inside ImGuiSelectionUserData. +// Our system never assume that you identify items by indices, it never attempts to interpolate between two values. +// - If you enable ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect then it is guaranteed that you will never have to interpolate +// between two ImGuiSelectionUserData, which may be a convenient way to use part of the feature with less code work. +// - As most users will want to store an index, for convenience and to reduce confusion we use ImS64 instead of void*, +// being syntactically easier to downcast. Feel free to reinterpret_cast and store a pointer inside. + +// Flags for BeginMultiSelect() +enum ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ +{ + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect = 1 << 0, // Disable selecting more than one item. This is available to allow single-selection code to share same code/logic if desired. It essentially disables the main purpose of BeginMultiSelect() tho! + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll = 1 << 1, // Disable CTRL+A shortcut to select all. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect = 1 << 2, // Disable Shift+selection mouse/keyboard support (useful for unordered 2D selection). With BoxSelect is also ensure contiguous SetRange requests are not combined into one. This allows not handling interpolation in SetRange requests. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect = 1 << 3, // Disable selecting items when navigating (useful for e.g. supporting range-select in a list of checkboxes). + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear = 1 << 4, // Disable clearing selection when navigating or selecting another one (generally used with ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect. useful for e.g. supporting range-select in a list of checkboxes). + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect = 1 << 5, // Disable clearing selection when clicking/selecting an already selected item. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d = 1 << 6, // Enable box-selection with same width and same x pos items (e.g. full row Selectable()). Box-selection works better with little bit of spacing between items hit-box in order to be able to aim at empty space. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d = 1 << 7, // Enable box-selection with varying width or varying x pos items support (e.g. different width labels, or 2D layout/grid). This is slower: alters clipping logic so that e.g. horizontal movements will update selection of normally clipped items. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll = 1 << 8, // Disable scrolling when box-selecting near edges of scope. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape = 1 << 9, // Clear selection when pressing Escape while scope is focused. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid = 1 << 10, // Clear selection when clicking on empty location within scope. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow = 1 << 11, // Scope for _BoxSelect and _ClearOnClickVoid is whole window (Default). Use if BeginMultiSelect() covers a whole window or used a single time in same window. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect = 1 << 12, // Scope for _BoxSelect and _ClearOnClickVoid is rectangle encompassing BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect(). Use if BeginMultiSelect() is called multiple times in same window. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 13, // Apply selection on mouse down when clicking on unselected item. (Default) + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease = 1 << 14, // Apply selection on mouse release when clicking an unselected item. Allow dragging an unselected item without altering selection. + //ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_RangeSelect2d = 1 << 15, // Shift+Selection uses 2d geometry instead of linear sequence, so possible to use Shift+up/down to select vertically in grid. Analogous to what BoxSelect does. + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX = 1 << 16, // [Temporary] Enable navigation wrapping on X axis. Provided as a convenience because we don't have a design for the general Nav API for this yet. When the more general feature be public we may obsolete this flag in favor of new one. +}; + +// Main IO structure returned by BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect(). +// This mainly contains a list of selection requests. +// - Use 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see requests as they happen. +// - Some fields are only useful if your list is dynamic and allows deletion (getting post-deletion focus/state right is shown in the demo) +// - Below: who reads/writes each fields? 'r'=read, 'w'=write, 'ms'=multi-select code, 'app'=application/user code. +struct ImGuiMultiSelectIO +{ + //------------------------------------------// BeginMultiSelect / EndMultiSelect + ImVector Requests; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w app:r // Requests to apply to your selection data. + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeSrcItem; // ms:w app:r / // (If using clipper) Begin: Source item (often the first selected item) must never be clipped: use clipper.IncludeItemByIndex() to ensure it is submitted. + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavIdItem; // ms:w, app:r / // (If using deletion) Last known SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value for NavId (if part of submitted items). + bool NavIdSelected; // ms:w, app:r / app:r // (If using deletion) Last known selection state for NavId (if part of submitted items). + bool RangeSrcReset; // app:w / ms:r // (If using deletion) Set before EndMultiSelect() to reset ResetSrcItem (e.g. if deleted selection). + int ItemsCount; // ms:w, app:r / app:r // 'int items_count' parameter to BeginMultiSelect() is copied here for convenience, allowing simpler calls to your ApplyRequests handler. Not used internally. +}; + +// Selection request type +enum ImGuiSelectionRequestType +{ + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_None = 0, + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll, // Request app to clear selection (if Selected==false) or select all items (if Selected==true). We cannot set RangeFirstItem/RangeLastItem as its contents is entirely up to user (not necessarily an index) + ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange, // Request app to select/unselect [RangeFirstItem..RangeLastItem] items (inclusive) based on value of Selected. Only EndMultiSelect() request this, app code can read after BeginMultiSelect() and it will always be false. +}; + +// Selection request item +struct ImGuiSelectionRequest +{ + //------------------------------------------// BeginMultiSelect / EndMultiSelect + ImGuiSelectionRequestType Type; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w, app:r // Request type. You'll most often receive 1 Clear + 1 SetRange with a single-item range. + bool Selected; // ms:w, app:r / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetAll/SetRange requests (true = select, false = unselect) + ImS8 RangeDirection; // / ms:w app:r // Parameter for SetRange request: +1 when RangeFirstItem comes before RangeLastItem, -1 otherwise. Useful if you want to preserve selection order on a backward Shift+Click. + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeFirstItem; // / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetRange request (this is generally == RangeSrcItem when shift selecting from top to bottom). + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeLastItem; // / ms:w, app:r // Parameter for SetRange request (this is generally == RangeSrcItem when shift selecting from bottom to top). Inclusive! +}; + +// Optional helper to store multi-selection state + apply multi-selection requests. +// - Used by our demos and provided as a convenience to easily implement basic multi-selection. +// - Iterate selection with 'void* it = NULL; ImGuiID id; while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) { ... }' +// Or you can check 'if (Contains(id)) { ... }' for each possible object if their number is not too high to iterate. +// - USING THIS IS NOT MANDATORY. This is only a helper and not a required API. +// To store a multi-selection, in your application you could: +// - Use this helper as a convenience. We use our simple key->value ImGuiStorage as a std::set replacement. +// - Use your own external storage: e.g. std::set, std::vector, interval trees, intrusively stored selection etc. +// In ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage we: +// - always use indices in the multi-selection API (passed to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), retrieved in ImGuiMultiSelectIO) +// - use the AdapterIndexToStorageId() indirection layer to abstract how persistent selection data is derived from an index. +// - use decently optimized logic to allow queries and insertion of very large selection sets. +// - do not preserve selection order. +// Many combinations are possible depending on how you prefer to store your items and how you prefer to store your selection. +// Large applications are likely to eventually want to get rid of this indirection layer and do their own thing. +// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select for details and pseudo-code using this helper. +struct ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +{ + // Members + int Size; // // Number of selected items, maintained by this helper. + bool PreserveOrder; // = false // GetNextSelectedItem() will return ordered selection (currently implemented by two additional sorts of selection. Could be improved) + void* UserData; // = NULL // User data for use by adapter function // e.g. selection.UserData = (void*)my_items; + ImGuiID (*AdapterIndexToStorageId)(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx); // e.g. selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { return ((MyItems**)self->UserData)[idx]->ID; }; + int _SelectionOrder;// [Internal] Increasing counter to store selection order + ImGuiStorage _Storage; // [Internal] Selection set. Think of this as similar to e.g. std::set. Prefer not accessing directly: iterate with GetNextSelectedItem(). + + // Methods + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage(); + IMGUI_API void ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io); // Apply selection requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect() functions. It uses 'items_count' passed to BeginMultiSelect() + IMGUI_API bool Contains(ImGuiID id) const; // Query if an item id is in selection. + IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear selection + IMGUI_API void Swap(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& r); // Swap two selections + IMGUI_API void SetItemSelected(ImGuiID id, bool selected); // Add/remove an item from selection (generally done by ApplyRequests() function) + IMGUI_API bool GetNextSelectedItem(void** opaque_it, ImGuiID* out_id); // Iterate selection with 'void* it = NULL; ImGuiId id; while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) { ... }' + inline ImGuiID GetStorageIdFromIndex(int idx) { return AdapterIndexToStorageId(this, idx); } // Convert index to item id based on provided adapter. +}; + +// Optional helper to apply multi-selection requests to existing randomly accessible storage. +// Convenient if you want to quickly wire multi-select API on e.g. an array of bool or items storing their own selection state. +struct ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage +{ + // Members + void* UserData; // User data for use by adapter function // e.g. selection.UserData = (void*)my_items; + void (*AdapterSetItemSelected)(ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int idx, bool selected); // e.g. AdapterSetItemSelected = [](ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int idx, bool selected) { ((MyItems**)self->UserData)[idx]->Selected = selected; } + + // Methods + IMGUI_API ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage(); + IMGUI_API void ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io); // Apply selection requests by using AdapterSetItemSelected() calls +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList. @@ -3342,7 +3564,7 @@ struct ImFont float EllipsisCharStep; // 4 // out // Step between characters when EllipsisCount > 0 bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() - float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] + float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] (unscaled) int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs) ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints. @@ -3561,7 +3783,7 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor ImGuiPlatformMonitor() { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; PlatformHandle = NULL; } }; -// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() function. struct ImGuiPlatformImeData { bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible @@ -3580,29 +3802,37 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformImeData #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { + // OBSOLETED in 1.91.0 (from July 2024) + static inline void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); } + static inline void PopButtonRepeat() { PopItemFlag(); } + static inline void PushTabStop(bool tab_stop) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop); } + static inline void PopTabStop() { PopItemFlag(); } + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // Content boundaries max (e.g. window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries). You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // Content boundaries min for the window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window-local coordinates. You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // Content boundaries max for the window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll), in window-local coordinates. You should never need this. Always use GetCursorScreenPos() and GetContentRegionAvail()! // OBSOLETED in 1.90.0 (from September 2023) - static inline bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0) { return BeginChild(id, size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle, window_flags); } - static inline void EndChildFrame() { EndChild(); } + static inline bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0) { return BeginChild(id, size, ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle, window_flags); } + static inline void EndChildFrame() { EndChild(); } //static inline bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags){ return BeginChild(str_id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border //static inline bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) { return BeginChild(id, size_arg, border ? ImGuiChildFlags_Border : ImGuiChildFlags_None, window_flags); } // Unnecessary as true == ImGuiChildFlags_Border - static inline void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL) { ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open); } - IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); + static inline void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL) { ShowIDStackToolWindow(p_open); } IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); + IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*old_callback)(void* user_data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* user_data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // OBSOLETED in 1.89.7 (from June 2023) - IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item. + IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item. // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023) - static inline void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop) { PushTabStop(tab_stop); } - static inline void PopAllowKeyboardFocus() { PopTabStop(); } + static inline void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, !tab_stop); } + static inline void PopAllowKeyboardFocus() { PopItemFlag(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding) // OBSOLETED in 1.87 (from February 2022 but more formally obsoleted April 2024) - IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // Map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]. When using a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent(), calling GetKeyIndex() with ANY ImGuiKey_XXXX values will return the same value! - //static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); return key; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // Map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key]. When using a 1.87+ backend using io.AddKeyEvent(), calling GetKeyIndex() with ANY ImGuiKey_XXXX values will return the same value! + //static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); return key; } // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) //-- OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) - //static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. - //static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + //static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + //static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. //-- OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) //IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Code removed, see 1.90 for last version of the code. Calculate range of visible items for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. //-- OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) @@ -3675,8 +3905,8 @@ namespace ImGui // RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022) // RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place. -typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there. -enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", so you may store mods in there. +//enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; //typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int //enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp index be43ae32f..cfaebe976 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.90.9 +// dear imgui, v1.91.0 // (demo code) // Help: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ // Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // How to easily locate code? -// - Use the Item Picker to debug break in code by clicking any widgets: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools +// - Use Tools->Item Picker to debug break in code by clicking any widgets: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Debug-Tools // - Browse an online version the demo with code linked to hovered widgets: https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html // - Find a visible string and search for it in the code! @@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ // - In Visual Studio: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols inside comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // - In Visual Studio w/ Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols inside comments. // - In VS Code, CLion, etc.: CTRL+click can follow symbols inside comments. +// - You can search/grep for all sections listed in the index to find the section. /* @@ -69,13 +70,15 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward Declarations // [SECTION] Helpers +// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor & Multi-Select demos) // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() -// - ShowDemoWindow() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables() -// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowInputs() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMenuBar() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowTables() +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowInputs() // [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() // [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() @@ -93,6 +96,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() // [SECTION] Example App: Docking, DockSpace / ShowExampleAppDockSpace() // [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() +// [SECTION] Example App: Assets Browser / ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() */ @@ -190,20 +194,22 @@ Index of this file: #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Forward Declarations +struct ImGuiDemoWindowData; static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); +static void ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open, ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); @@ -213,8 +219,10 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); // We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions -// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); +// (because the link time of very large functions tends to grow non-linearly) +static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); @@ -257,17 +265,122 @@ ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL; void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; #define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor etc.) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Simple representation for a tree +// (this is designed to be simple to understand for our demos, not to be fancy or efficient etc.) +struct ExampleTreeNode +{ + // Tree structure + char Name[28] = ""; + int UID = 0; + ExampleTreeNode* Parent = NULL; + ImVector Childs; + unsigned short IndexInParent = 0; // Maintaining this allows us to implement linear traversal more easily + + // Leaf Data + bool HasData = false; // All leaves have data + bool DataMyBool = true; + int DataMyInt = 128; + ImVec2 DataMyVec2 = ImVec2(0.0f, 3.141592f); +}; + +// Simple representation of struct metadata/serialization data. +// (this is a minimal version of what a typical advanced application may provide) +struct ExampleMemberInfo +{ + const char* Name; // Member name + ImGuiDataType DataType; // Member type + int DataCount; // Member count (1 when scalar) + int Offset; // Offset inside parent structure +}; + +// Metadata description of ExampleTreeNode struct. +static const ExampleMemberInfo ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos[] +{ + { "MyBool", ImGuiDataType_Bool, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyBool) }, + { "MyInt", ImGuiDataType_S32, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyInt) }, + { "MyVec2", ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyVec2) }, +}; + +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateNode(const char* name, int uid, ExampleTreeNode* parent) +{ + ExampleTreeNode* node = IM_NEW(ExampleTreeNode); + snprintf(node->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(node->Name), "%s", name); + node->UID = uid; + node->Parent = parent; + node->IndexInParent = parent ? (unsigned short)parent->Childs.Size : 0; + if (parent) + parent->Childs.push_back(node); + return node; +} + +// Create example tree data +// (this allocates _many_ more times than most other code in either Dear ImGui or others demo) +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree() +{ + static const char* root_names[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pear", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; + char name_buf[32]; + int uid = 0; + ExampleTreeNode* node_L0 = ExampleTree_CreateNode("", ++uid, NULL); + const int root_items_multiplier = 2; + for (int idx_L0 = 0; idx_L0 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(root_names) * root_items_multiplier; idx_L0++) + { + snprintf(name_buf, 32, "%s %d", root_names[idx_L0 / root_items_multiplier], idx_L0 % root_items_multiplier); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L1 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L0); + const int number_of_childs = (int)strlen(node_L1->Name); + for (int idx_L1 = 0; idx_L1 < number_of_childs; idx_L1++) + { + snprintf(name_buf, 32, "Child %d", idx_L1); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L2 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L1); + node_L2->HasData = true; + if (idx_L1 == 0) + { + snprintf(name_buf, 32, "Sub-child %d", 0); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L3 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L2); + node_L3->HasData = true; + } + } + } + return node_L0; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - ShowDemoWindow() -// - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -// - ShowDemoWindowLayout() -// - ShowDemoWindowPopups() -// - ShowDemoWindowTables() -// - ShowDemoWindowColumns() -// - ShowDemoWindowInputs() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Data to be shared accross different functions of the demo. +struct ImGuiDemoWindowData +{ + // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) + bool ShowMainMenuBar = false; + bool ShowAppAssetsBrowser = false; + bool ShowAppConsole = false; + bool ShowAppCustomRendering = false; + bool ShowAppDocuments = false; + bool ShowAppDockSpace = false; + bool ShowAppLog = false; + bool ShowAppLayout = false; + bool ShowAppPropertyEditor = false; + bool ShowAppSimpleOverlay = false; + bool ShowAppAutoResize = false; + bool ShowAppConstrainedResize = false; + bool ShowAppFullscreen = false; + bool ShowAppLongText = false; + bool ShowAppWindowTitles = false; + + // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + bool ShowMetrics = false; + bool ShowDebugLog = false; + bool ShowIDStackTool = false; + bool ShowStyleEditor = false; + bool ShowAbout = false; + + // Other data + ExampleTreeNode* DemoTree = NULL; +}; // Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) // You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. @@ -281,58 +394,37 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) // Verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. This helps detects some build issues. IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); - // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) - static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; - static bool show_app_console = false; - static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; - static bool show_app_dockspace = false; - static bool show_app_documents = false; - static bool show_app_log = false; - static bool show_app_layout = false; - static bool show_app_property_editor = false; - static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; - static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; - static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; - static bool show_app_fullscreen = false; - static bool show_app_long_text = false; - static bool show_app_window_titles = false; + // Stored data + static ImGuiDemoWindowData demo_data; - if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); - if (show_app_dockspace) ShowExampleAppDockSpace(&show_app_dockspace); // Process the Docking app first, as explicit DockSpace() nodes needs to be submitted early (read comments near the DockSpace function) - if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); // Process the Document app next, as it may also use a DockSpace() - if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); - if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); - if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); - if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor); - if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); - if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); - if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); - if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen); - if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); - if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); + // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) + if (demo_data.ShowMainMenuBar) { ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppDockSpace) { ShowExampleAppDockSpace(&demo_data.ShowAppDockSpace); } // Important: Process the Docking app first, as explicit DockSpace() nodes needs to be submitted early (read comments near the DockSpace function) + if (demo_data.ShowAppDocuments) { ShowExampleAppDocuments(&demo_data.ShowAppDocuments); } // ...process the Document app next, as it may also use a DockSpace() + if (demo_data.ShowAppAssetsBrowser) { ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(&demo_data.ShowAppAssetsBrowser); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppConsole) { ShowExampleAppConsole(&demo_data.ShowAppConsole); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppCustomRendering) { ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&demo_data.ShowAppCustomRendering); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLog) { ShowExampleAppLog(&demo_data.ShowAppLog); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLayout) { ShowExampleAppLayout(&demo_data.ShowAppLayout); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppPropertyEditor) { ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&demo_data.ShowAppPropertyEditor, &demo_data); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppSimpleOverlay) { ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&demo_data.ShowAppSimpleOverlay); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppAutoResize) { ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&demo_data.ShowAppAutoResize); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppConstrainedResize) { ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&demo_data.ShowAppConstrainedResize); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppFullscreen) { ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&demo_data.ShowAppFullscreen); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppLongText) { ShowExampleAppLongText(&demo_data.ShowAppLongText); } + if (demo_data.ShowAppWindowTitles) { ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&demo_data.ShowAppWindowTitles); } // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu) - static bool show_tool_metrics = false; - static bool show_tool_debug_log = false; - static bool show_tool_id_stack_tool = false; - static bool show_tool_style_editor = false; - static bool show_tool_about = false; - - if (show_tool_metrics) - ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_tool_metrics); - if (show_tool_debug_log) - ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_tool_debug_log); - if (show_tool_id_stack_tool) - ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(&show_tool_id_stack_tool); - if (show_tool_style_editor) + if (demo_data.ShowMetrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&demo_data.ShowMetrics); } + if (demo_data.ShowDebugLog) { ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&demo_data.ShowDebugLog); } + if (demo_data.ShowIDStackTool) { ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(&demo_data.ShowIDStackTool); } + if (demo_data.ShowAbout) { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&demo_data.ShowAbout); } + if (demo_data.ShowStyleEditor) { - ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_tool_style_editor); + ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &demo_data.ShowStyleEditor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } - if (show_tool_about) - ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_tool_about); // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default! static bool no_titlebar = false; @@ -377,68 +469,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details. - // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) - //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); - // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. + //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) // Menu Bar - if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) - { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); - ShowExampleMenuFile(); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); - ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); - - ImGui::SeparatorText("Mini apps"); - ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); - ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); - ImGui::MenuItem("Dockspace", NULL, &show_app_dockspace); - ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); - ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); - ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); - - ImGui::SeparatorText("Concepts"); - ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); - ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); - ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); - - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS - const bool has_debug_tools = true; -#else - const bool has_debug_tools = false; -#endif - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_tool_metrics, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_tool_debug_log, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("ID Stack Tool", NULL, &show_tool_id_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_tool_style_editor); - bool is_debugger_present = ImGui::GetIO().ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Item Picker", NULL, false, has_debug_tools && is_debugger_present)) - ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker(); - if (!is_debugger_present) - ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Requires io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent=true to be set.\n\nWe otherwise disable the menu option to avoid casual users crashing the application.\n\nYou can however always access the Item Picker in Metrics->Tools."); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_tool_about); - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); - } + ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(&demo_data); ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); ImGui::Spacing(); @@ -456,7 +491,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); - ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at https://www.dearimgui.com/faq/"); + ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at "); + ImGui::SameLine(0, 0); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("https://www.dearimgui.com/faq/"); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); @@ -599,8 +636,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) { + ImGui::Checkbox("Style Editor", &demo_data.ShowStyleEditor); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); - ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::TreePop(); ImGui::Spacing(); } @@ -647,7 +685,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // All demo contents - ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); + ShowDemoWindowWidgets(&demo_data); ShowDemoWindowLayout(); ShowDemoWindowPopups(); ShowDemoWindowTables(); @@ -658,9 +696,80 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMenuBar() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu"); + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &demo_data->ShowMainMenuBar); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Mini apps"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Assets Browser", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppAssetsBrowser); + ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppConsole); + ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppCustomRendering); + ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppDocuments); + ImGui::MenuItem("Dockspace", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppDockSpace); + ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLog); + ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppPropertyEditor); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLayout); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppSimpleOverlay); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Concepts"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppAutoResize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppConstrainedResize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppFullscreen); + ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppLongText); + ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAppWindowTitles); + + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool has_debug_tools = true; +#else + const bool has_debug_tools = false; +#endif + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &demo_data->ShowMetrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &demo_data->ShowDebugLog, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("ID Stack Tool", NULL, &demo_data->ShowIDStackTool, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &demo_data->ShowStyleEditor); + bool is_debugger_present = ImGui::GetIO().ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Item Picker", NULL, false, has_debug_tools && is_debugger_present)) + ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker(); + if (!is_debugger_present) + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Requires io.ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent=true to be set.\n\nWe otherwise disable the menu option to avoid casual users crashing the application.\n\nYou can however always access the Item Picker in Metrics->Tools."); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &demo_data->ShowAbout); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) return; @@ -719,11 +828,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Repeating)"); static int counter = 0; float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; - ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, true); if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; } ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; } - ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", counter); @@ -1010,6 +1119,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("For use in Tables only."); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere); ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); ImGui::Text("Hello!"); @@ -1042,7 +1152,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); } - if (i == 2) + if (i == 2 && (base_flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth)) { // Item 2 has an additional inline button to help demonstrate SpanTextWidth. ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -1051,6 +1161,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (node_open) { ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); ImGui::TreePop(); } } @@ -1312,18 +1424,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could technically be different contents or not pulled from items[]) - const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx]; + const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_selected_idx]; if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + item_selected_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1365,14 +1477,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selected data as an index. + + static bool item_highlight = false; + int item_highlighted_idx = -1; // Here we store our highlighted data as an index. + ImGui::Checkbox("Highlight hovered item in second listbox", &item_highlight); + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1")) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + item_selected_idx = n; + + if (item_highlight && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + item_highlighted_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1388,9 +1508,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current_idx = n; + bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); + ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = (item_highlighted_idx == n) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight : 0; + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected, flags)) + item_selected_idx = n; // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) @@ -1403,6 +1524,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) { // Selectable() has 2 overloads: @@ -1424,37 +1546,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) - { - static int selected = -1; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) - selected = n; - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Multiple Selection"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection")) - { - HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); - static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; - for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) - { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) - { - if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held - memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); - selection[n] ^= 1; - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more items on the same line"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more items on the same line")) { @@ -1467,8 +1558,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In Tables"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("In Tables")) { static bool selected[10] = {}; @@ -1562,6 +1653,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(demo_data); + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input"); @@ -2635,7 +2728,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button - if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater) + if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopItemFlag(); } // Testing button (with repeater) if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing) @@ -2853,6 +2946,977 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } } +static const char* ExampleNames[] = +{ + "Artichoke", "Arugula", "Asparagus", "Avocado", "Bamboo Shoots", "Bean Sprouts", "Beans", "Beet", "Belgian Endive", "Bell Pepper", + "Bitter Gourd", "Bok Choy", "Broccoli", "Brussels Sprouts", "Burdock Root", "Cabbage", "Calabash", "Capers", "Carrot", "Cassava", + "Cauliflower", "Celery", "Celery Root", "Celcuce", "Chayote", "Chinese Broccoli", "Corn", "Cucumber" +}; + +// Extra functions to add deletion support to ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +struct ExampleSelectionWithDeletion : ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +{ + // Find which item should be Focused after deletion. + // Call _before_ item submission. Retunr an index in the before-deletion item list, your item loop should call SetKeyboardFocusHere() on it. + // The subsequent ApplyDeletionPostLoop() code will use it to apply Selection. + // - We cannot provide this logic in core Dear ImGui because we don't have access to selection data. + // - We don't actually manipulate the ImVector<> here, only in ApplyDeletionPostLoop(), but using similar API for consistency and flexibility. + // - Important: Deletion only works if the underlying ImGuiID for your items are stable: aka not depend on their index, but on e.g. item id/ptr. + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Doesn't take account of the possibility focus target will be moved during deletion. Need refocus or scroll offset. + int ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, int items_count) + { + if (Size == 0) + return -1; + + // If focused item is not selected... + const int focused_idx = (int)ms_io->NavIdItem; // Index of currently focused item + if (ms_io->NavIdSelected == false) // This is merely a shortcut, == Contains(adapter->IndexToStorage(items, focused_idx)) + { + ms_io->RangeSrcReset = true; // Request to recover RangeSrc from NavId next frame. Would be ok to reset even when NavIdSelected==true, but it would take an extra frame to recover RangeSrc when deleting a selected item. + return focused_idx; // Request to focus same item after deletion. + } + + // If focused item is selected: land on first unselected item after focused item. + for (int idx = focused_idx + 1; idx < items_count; idx++) + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + return idx; + + // If focused item is selected: otherwise return last unselected item before focused item. + for (int idx = IM_MIN(focused_idx, items_count) - 1; idx >= 0; idx--) + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + return idx; + + return -1; + } + + // Rewrite item list (delete items) + update selection. + // - Call after EndMultiSelect() + // - We cannot provide this logic in core Dear ImGui because we don't have access to your items, nor to selection data. + template + void ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, ImVector& items, int item_curr_idx_to_select) + { + // Rewrite item list (delete items) + convert old selection index (before deletion) to new selection index (after selection). + // If NavId was not part of selection, we will stay on same item. + ImVector new_items; + new_items.reserve(items.Size - Size); + int item_next_idx_to_select = -1; + for (int idx = 0; idx < items.Size; idx++) + { + if (!Contains(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx))) + new_items.push_back(items[idx]); + if (item_curr_idx_to_select == idx) + item_next_idx_to_select = new_items.Size - 1; + } + items.swap(new_items); + + // Update selection + Clear(); + if (item_next_idx_to_select != -1 && ms_io->NavIdSelected) + SetItemSelected(GetStorageIdFromIndex(item_next_idx_to_select), true); + } +}; + +// Example: Implement dual list box storage and interface +struct ExampleDualListBox +{ + ImVector Items[2]; // ID is index into ExampleName[] + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage Selections[2]; // Store ExampleItemId into selection + bool OptKeepSorted = true; + + void MoveAll(int src, int dst) + { + IM_ASSERT((src == 0 && dst == 1) || (src == 1 && dst == 0)); + for (ImGuiID item_id : Items[src]) + Items[dst].push_back(item_id); + Items[src].clear(); + SortItems(dst); + Selections[src].Swap(Selections[dst]); + Selections[src].Clear(); + } + void MoveSelected(int src, int dst) + { + for (int src_n = 0; src_n < Items[src].Size; src_n++) + { + ImGuiID item_id = Items[src][src_n]; + if (!Selections[src].Contains(item_id)) + continue; + Items[src].erase(&Items[src][src_n]); // FIXME-OPT: Could be implemented more optimally (rebuild src items and swap) + Items[dst].push_back(item_id); + src_n--; + } + if (OptKeepSorted) + SortItems(dst); + Selections[src].Swap(Selections[dst]); + Selections[src].Clear(); + } + void ApplySelectionRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, int side) + { + // In this example we store item id in selection (instead of item index) + Selections[side].UserData = Items[side].Data; + Selections[side].AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { ImGuiID* items = (ImGuiID*)self->UserData; return items[idx]; }; + Selections[side].ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareItemsByValue(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const int* a = (const int*)lhs; + const int* b = (const int*)rhs; + return (*a - *b) > 0 ? +1 : -1; + } + void SortItems(int n) + { + qsort(Items[n].Data, (size_t)Items[n].Size, sizeof(Items[n][0]), CompareItemsByValue); + } + void Show() + { + //ImGui::Checkbox("Sorted", &OptKeepSorted); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); // Left side + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); // Buttons + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); // Right side + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + int request_move_selected = -1; + int request_move_all = -1; + float child_height_0 = 0.0f; + for (int side = 0; side < 2; side++) + { + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Dual List Box: Add context menus + // FIXME-NAV: Using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened exhibit many issues. + ImVector& items = Items[side]; + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& selection = Selections[side]; + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex((side == 0) ? 0 : 2); + ImGui::Text("%s (%d)", (side == 0) ? "Available" : "Basket", items.Size); + + // Submit scrolling range to avoid glitches on moving/deletion + const float items_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + + bool child_visible; + if (side == 0) + { + // Left child is resizable + ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 4), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + child_visible = ImGui::BeginChild("0", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY); + child_height_0 = ImGui::GetWindowSize().y; + } + else + { + // Right child use same height as left one + child_visible = ImGui::BeginChild("1", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, child_height_0), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle); + } + if (child_visible) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, side); + + for (int item_n = 0; item_n < items.Size; item_n++) + { + ImGuiID item_id = items[item_n]; + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains(item_id); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(item_n); + ImGui::Selectable(ExampleNames[item_id], item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick); + if (ImGui::IsItemFocused()) + { + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Dual List Box: Transfer focus + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter)) + request_move_selected = side; + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Double-click on multi-selection? + request_move_selected = side; + } + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, side); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + } + + // Buttons columns + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::NewLine(); + //ImVec2 button_sz = { ImGui::CalcTextSize(">>").x + ImGui::GetStyle().FramePadding.x * 2.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + padding.y * 2.0f }; + ImVec2 button_sz = { ImGui::GetFrameHeight(), ImGui::GetFrameHeight() }; + + // (Using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() works but feels distracting given how it is currently visualized) + if (ImGui::Button(">>", button_sz)) + request_move_all = 0; + if (ImGui::Button(">", button_sz)) + request_move_selected = 0; + if (ImGui::Button("<", button_sz)) + request_move_selected = 1; + if (ImGui::Button("<<", button_sz)) + request_move_all = 1; + + // Process requests + if (request_move_all != -1) + MoveAll(request_move_all, request_move_all ^ 1); + if (request_move_selected != -1) + MoveSelected(request_move_selected, request_move_selected ^ 1); + + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Support action from outside + /* + if (OptKeepSorted == false) + { + ImGui::NewLine(); + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("MoveUp", ImGuiDir_Up)) {} + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("MoveDown", ImGuiDir_Down)) {} + } + */ + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Multi-selection demos +// Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State & Multi-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State & Multi-Select")) + { + HelpMarker("Selections can be built using Selectable(), TreeNode() or other widgets. Selection state is owned by application code/data."); + + // Without any fancy API: manage single-selection yourself. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Single-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Single-Select")) + { + static int selected = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selected == n)) + selected = n; + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate implementation a most-basic form of multi-selection manually + // This doesn't support the SHIFT modifier which requires BeginMultiSelect()! + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (manual/simplified, without BeginMultiSelect)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (manual/simplified, without BeginMultiSelect)")) + { + HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); + static bool selection[5] = { false, false, false, false, false }; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Object %d", n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(buf, selection[n])) + { + if (!ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) // Clear selection when CTRL is not held + memset(selection, 0, sizeof(selection)); + selection[n] ^= 1; // Toggle current item + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate handling proper multi-selection using the BeginMultiSelect/EndMultiSelect API. + // SHIFT+Click w/ CTRL and other standard features are supported. + // We use the ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage helper which you may freely reimplement. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select")) + { + ImGui::Text("Supported features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Keyboard navigation (arrows, page up/down, home/end, space)."); + ImGui::BulletText("Ctrl modifier to preserve and toggle selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift modifier for range selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A to select all."); + ImGui::BulletText("Escape to clear selection."); + ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag to box-select."); + ImGui::Text("Tip: Use 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see selection requests as they happen."); + + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 50; + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + + // The BeginChild() has no purpose for selection logic, other that offering a scrolling region. + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + for (int n = 0; n < ITEMS_COUNT; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using the clipper with BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (with clipper)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (with clipper)")) + { + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + + ImGui::Text("Added features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Using ImGuiListClipper."); + + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 10000; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int n = clipper.DisplayStart; n < clipper.DisplayEnd; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate dynamic item list + deletion support using the BeginMultiSelect/EndMultiSelect API. + // In order to support Deletion without any glitches you need to: + // - (1) If items are submitted in their own scrolling area, submit contents size SetNextWindowContentSize() ahead of time to prevent one-frame readjustment of scrolling. + // - (2) Items needs to have persistent ID Stack identifier = ID needs to not depends on their index. PushID(index) = KO. PushID(item_id) = OK. This is in order to focus items reliably after a selection. + // - (3) BeginXXXX process + // - (4) Focus process + // - (5) EndXXXX process + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (with deletion)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (with deletion)")) + { + // Storing items data separately from selection data. + // (you may decide to store selection data inside your item (aka intrusive storage) if you don't need multiple views over same items) + // Use a custom selection.Adapter: store item identifier in Selection (instead of index) + static ImVector items; + static ExampleSelectionWithDeletion selection; + selection.UserData = (void*)&items; + selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self, int idx) { ImVector* p_items = (ImVector*)self->UserData; return (*p_items)[idx]; }; // Index -> ID + + ImGui::Text("Added features:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Dynamic list with Delete key support."); + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection.Size, items.Size); + + // Initialize default list with 50 items + button to add/remove items. + static ImGuiID items_next_id = 0; + if (items_next_id == 0) + for (ImGuiID n = 0; n < 50; n++) + items.push_back(items_next_id++); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add 20 items")) { for (int n = 0; n < 20; n++) { items.push_back(items_next_id++); } } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Remove 20 items")) { for (int n = IM_MIN(20, items.Size); n > 0; n--) { selection.SetItemSelected(items.back(), false); items.pop_back(); } } + + // (1) Extra to support deletion: Submit scrolling range to avoid glitches on deletion + const float items_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (selection.Size > 0); + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, items.Size) : -1; + + for (int n = 0; n < items.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiID item_id = items[n]; + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05u: %s", item_id, ExampleNames[item_id % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains(item_id); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == n) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Implement a Dual List Box (#6648) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (dual list box)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (dual list box)")) + { + // Init default state + static ExampleDualListBox dlb; + if (dlb.Items[0].Size == 0 && dlb.Items[1].Size == 0) + for (int item_id = 0; item_id < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames); item_id++) + dlb.Items[0].push_back((ImGuiID)item_id); + + // Show + dlb.Show(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using the clipper with BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (in a table)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (in a table)")) + { + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 10000; + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d/%d", selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##Basket", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Object"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action"); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int n = clipper.DisplayStart; n < clipper.DisplayEnd; n++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SmallButton("hello"); + } + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (checkboxes)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (checkboxes)")) + { + ImGui::Text("In a list of checkboxes (not selectable):"); + ImGui::BulletText("Using _NoAutoSelect + _NoAutoClear flags."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift+Click to check multiple boxes."); + ImGui::BulletText("Shift+Keyboard to copy current value to other boxes."); + + // If you have an array of checkboxes, you may want to use NoAutoSelect + NoAutoClear and the ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage helper. + static bool items[20] = {}; + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d); // Cannot use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d as checkboxes are varying width. + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, -1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage storage_wrapper; + storage_wrapper.UserData = (void*)items; + storage_wrapper.AdapterSetItemSelected = [](ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage* self, int n, bool selected) { bool* array = (bool*)self->UserData; array[n] = selected; }; + storage_wrapper.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + for (int n = 0; n < 20; n++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Checkbox(label, &items[n]); + } + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + storage_wrapper.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate individual selection scopes in same window + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (multiple scopes)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (multiple scopes)")) + { + // Use default select: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + const int SCOPES_COUNT = 3; + const int ITEMS_COUNT = 8; // Per scope + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selections_data[SCOPES_COUNT]; + + // Use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect to not affect other selections in same window. + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape;// | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + + for (int selection_scope_n = 0; selection_scope_n < SCOPES_COUNT; selection_scope_n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(selection_scope_n); + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection = &selections_data[selection_scope_n]; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection->Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + selection->ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selection scope"); + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection->Size, ITEMS_COUNT); + + for (int n = 0; n < ITEMS_COUNT; n++) + { + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", n, ExampleNames[n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + bool item_is_selected = selection->Contains((ImGuiID)n); + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection->ApplyRequests(ms_io); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // See ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (tiled assets browser)")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Assets Browser", &demo_data->ShowAppAssetsBrowser); + ImGui::Text("(also access from 'Examples->Assets Browser' in menu)"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate supporting multiple-selection in a tree. + // - We don't use linear indices for selection user data, but our ExampleTreeNode* pointer directly! + // This showcase how SetNextItemSelectionUserData() never assume indices! + // - The difficulty here is to "interpolate" from RangeSrcItem to RangeDstItem in the SetAll/SetRange request. + // We want this interpolation to match what the user sees: in visible order, skipping closed nodes. + // This is implemented by our TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder() user-space helper. + // - Important: In a real codebase aiming to implement full-featured selectable tree with custom filtering, you + // are more likely to build an array mapping sequential indices to visible tree nodes, since your + // filtering/search + clipping process will benefit from it. Having this will make this interpolation much easier. + // - Consider this a prototype: we are working toward simplifying some of it. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (trees)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (trees)")) + { + HelpMarker( + "This is rather advanced and experimental. If you are getting started with multi-select," + "please don't start by looking at how to use it for a tree!\n\n" + "Future versions will try to simplify and formalize some of this."); + + struct ExampleTreeFuncs + { + static void DrawNode(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection) + { + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere; // Enable pressing left to jump to parent + if (node->Childs.Size == 0) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf; + if (selection->Contains((ImGuiID)node->UID)) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + + // Using SetNextItemStorageID() to specify storage id, so we can easily peek into + // the storage holding open/close stage, using our TreeNodeGetOpen/TreeNodeSetOpen() functions. + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData((ImGuiSelectionUserData)(intptr_t)node); + ImGui::SetNextItemStorageID((ImGuiID)node->UID); + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, tree_node_flags)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + DrawNode(child, selection); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + else if (ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) + { + TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(node, selection); + } + } + + static bool TreeNodeGetOpen(ExampleTreeNode* node) + { + return ImGui::GetStateStorage()->GetBool((ImGuiID)node->UID); + } + + static void TreeNodeSetOpen(ExampleTreeNode* node, bool open) + { + ImGui::GetStateStorage()->SetBool((ImGuiID)node->UID, open); + } + + // When closing a node: 1) close and unselect all child nodes, 2) select parent if any child was selected. + // FIXME: This is currently handled by user logic but I'm hoping to eventually provide tree node + // features to do this automatically, e.g. a ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AutoCloseChildNodes etc. + static int TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, int depth = 0) + { + // Recursive close (the test for depth == 0 is because we call this on a node that was just closed!) + int unselected_count = selection->Contains((ImGuiID)node->UID) ? 1 : 0; + if (depth == 0 || TreeNodeGetOpen(node)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + unselected_count += TreeCloseAndUnselectChildNodes(child, selection, depth + 1); + TreeNodeSetOpen(node, false); + } + + // Select root node if any of its child was selected, otherwise unselect + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, (depth == 0 && unselected_count > 0)); + return unselected_count; + } + + // Apply multi-selection requests + static void ApplySelectionRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io, ExampleTreeNode* tree, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection) + { + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + { + if (req.Selected) + TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(tree, selection, req.Selected); + else + selection->Clear(); + } + else if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + { + ExampleTreeNode* first_node = (ExampleTreeNode*)(intptr_t)req.RangeFirstItem; + ExampleTreeNode* last_node = (ExampleTreeNode*)(intptr_t)req.RangeLastItem; + for (ExampleTreeNode* node = first_node; node != NULL; node = TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder(node, last_node)) + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, req.Selected); + } + } + } + + static void TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(ExampleTreeNode* node, ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, bool selected) + { + if (node->Parent != NULL) // Root node isn't visible nor selectable in our scheme + selection->SetItemSelected((ImGuiID)node->UID, selected); + if (node->Parent == NULL || TreeNodeGetOpen(node)) + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + TreeSetAllInOpenNodes(child, selection, selected); + } + + // Interpolate in *user-visible order* AND only *over opened nodes*. + // If you have a sequential mapping tables (e.g. generated after a filter/search pass) this would be simpler. + // Here the tricks are that: + // - we store/maintain ExampleTreeNode::IndexInParent which allows implementing a linear iterator easily, without searches, without recursion. + // this could be replaced by a search in parent, aka 'int index_in_parent = curr_node->Parent->Childs.find_index(curr_node)' + // which would only be called when crossing from child to a parent, aka not too much. + // - we call SetNextItemStorageID() before our TreeNode() calls with an ID which doesn't relate to UI stack, + // making it easier to call TreeNodeGetOpen()/TreeNodeSetOpen() from any location. + static ExampleTreeNode* TreeGetNextNodeInVisibleOrder(ExampleTreeNode* curr_node, ExampleTreeNode* last_node) + { + // Reached last node + if (curr_node == last_node) + return NULL; + + // Recurse into childs. Query storage to tell if the node is open. + if (curr_node->Childs.Size > 0 && TreeNodeGetOpen(curr_node)) + return curr_node->Childs[0]; + + // Next sibling, then into our own parent + while (curr_node->Parent != NULL) + { + if (curr_node->IndexInParent + 1 < curr_node->Parent->Childs.Size) + return curr_node->Parent->Childs[curr_node->IndexInParent + 1]; + curr_node = curr_node->Parent; + } + return NULL; + } + + }; // ExampleTreeFuncs + + static ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage selection; + if (demo_data->DemoTree == NULL) + demo_data->DemoTree = ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree(); // Create tree once + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d", selection.Size); + + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Tree", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ExampleTreeNode* tree = demo_data->DemoTree; + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d; + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ms_flags, selection.Size, -1); + ExampleTreeFuncs::ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, tree, &selection); + for (ExampleTreeNode* node : tree->Childs) + ExampleTreeFuncs::DrawNode(node, &selection); + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + ExampleTreeFuncs::ApplySelectionRequests(ms_io, tree, &selection); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Advanced demonstration of BeginMultiSelect() + // - Showcase clipping. + // - Showcase deletion. + // - Showcase basic drag and drop. + // - Showcase TreeNode variant (note that tree node don't expand in the demo: supporting expanding tree nodes + clipping a separate thing). + // - Showcase using inside a table. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State/Multi-Select (advanced)"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (advanced)")) + { + // Options + enum WidgetType { WidgetType_Selectable, WidgetType_TreeNode }; + static bool use_clipper = true; + static bool use_deletion = true; + static bool use_drag_drop = true; + static bool show_in_table = false; + static bool show_color_button = true; + static ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + static WidgetType widget_type = WidgetType_Selectable; + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options")) + { + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Selectables", widget_type == WidgetType_Selectable)) { widget_type = WidgetType_Selectable; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Tree nodes", widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode)) { widget_type = WidgetType_TreeNode; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("TreeNode() is technically supported but... using this correctly is more complicated (you need some sort of linear/random access to your tree, which is suited to advanced trees setups already implementing filters and clipper. We will work toward simplifying and demoing this.\n\nFor now the tree demo is actually a little bit meaningless because it is an empty tree with only root nodes."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable clipper", &use_clipper); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable deletion", &use_deletion); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable drag & drop", &use_drag_drop); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show in a table", &show_in_table); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show color button", &show_color_button); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease", &flags, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease)) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClick; + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Allow dragging an unselected item without altering selection."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Initialize default list with 1000 items. + // Use default selection.Adapter: Pass index to SetNextItemSelectionUserData(), store index in Selection + static ImVector items; + static int items_next_id = 0; + if (items_next_id == 0) { for (int n = 0; n < 1000; n++) { items.push_back(items_next_id++); } } + static ExampleSelectionWithDeletion selection; + static bool request_deletion_from_menu = false; // Queue deletion triggered from context menu + + ImGui::Text("Selection size: %d/%d", selection.Size, items.Size); + + const float items_height = (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) ? ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() : ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, items.Size * items_height)); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##Basket", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle | ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeY)) + { + ImVec2 color_button_sz(ImGui::GetFontSize(), ImGui::GetFontSize()); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f)); + + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(flags, selection.Size, items.Size); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = (ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (selection.Size > 0)) || request_deletion_from_menu; + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, items.Size) : -1; + request_deletion_from_menu = false; + + if (show_in_table) + { + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + ImGui::BeginTable("##Split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.70f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.30f); + //ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f)); + } + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + if (use_clipper) + { + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(item_curr_idx_to_focus); // Ensure focused item is not clipped. + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem); // Ensure RangeSrc item is not clipped. + } + + while (!use_clipper || clipper.Step()) + { + const int item_begin = use_clipper ? clipper.DisplayStart : 0; + const int item_end = use_clipper ? clipper.DisplayEnd : items.Size; + for (int n = item_begin; n < item_end; n++) + { + if (show_in_table) + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + + const int item_id = items[n]; + const char* item_category = ExampleNames[item_id % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]; + char label[64]; + sprintf(label, "Object %05d: %s", item_id, item_category); + + // IMPORTANT: for deletion refocus to work we need object ID to be stable, + // aka not depend on their index in the list. Here we use our persistent item_id + // instead of index to build a unique ID that will persist. + // (If we used PushID(index) instead, focus wouldn't be restored correctly after deletion). + ImGui::PushID(item_id); + + // Emit a color button, to test that Shift+LeftArrow landing on an item that is not part + // of the selection scope doesn't erroneously alter our selection. + if (show_color_button) + { + ImU32 dummy_col = (ImU32)((unsigned int)n * 0xC250B74B) | IM_COL32_A_MASK; + ImGui::ColorButton("##", ImColor(dummy_col), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, color_button_sz); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + + // Submit item + bool item_is_selected = selection.Contains((ImGuiID)n); + bool item_is_open = false; + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(n); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_Selectable) + { + ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_None); + } + else if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + { + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; + if (item_is_selected) + tree_node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + item_is_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags); + } + + // Focus (for after deletion) + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == n) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + + // Drag and Drop + if (use_drag_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + // Create payload with full selection OR single unselected item. + // (the later is only possible when using ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) + if (ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == NULL) + { + ImVector payload_items; + void* it = NULL; + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (!item_is_selected) + payload_items.push_back(item_id); + else + while (selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) + payload_items.push_back((int)id); + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("MULTISELECT_DEMO_ITEMS", payload_items.Data, (size_t)payload_items.size_in_bytes()); + } + + // Display payload content in tooltip + const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::GetDragDropPayload(); + const int* payload_items = (int*)payload->Data; + const int payload_count = (int)payload->DataSize / (int)sizeof(int); + if (payload_count == 1) + ImGui::Text("Object %05d: %s", payload_items[0], ExampleNames[payload_items[0] % IM_ARRAYSIZE(ExampleNames)]); + else + ImGui::Text("Dragging %d objects", payload_count); + + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode && item_is_open) + ImGui::TreePop(); + + // Right-click: context menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + ImGui::BeginDisabled(!use_deletion || selection.Size == 0); + sprintf(label, "Delete %d item(s)###DeleteSelected", selection.Size); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label)) + request_deletion_from_menu = true; + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::Selectable("Close"); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Demo content within a table + if (show_in_table) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGui::InputText("###NoLabel", (char*)(void*)item_category, strlen(item_category), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + if (!use_clipper) + break; + } + + if (show_in_table) + { + ImGui::EndTable(); + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + // Apply multi-select requests + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + + if (widget_type == WidgetType_TreeNode) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowLayout() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout"); @@ -3147,7 +4211,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::Text("Manual wrapping:"); ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); int buttons_count = 20; - float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; + float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos().x + ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x; for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++) { ImGui::PushID(n); @@ -3615,8 +4679,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Clipping"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Text Clipping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Clipping")) { static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f); static ImVec2 offset(30.0f, 30.0f); @@ -3712,6 +4776,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() } } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowPopups() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups"); @@ -4172,6 +5240,10 @@ static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsHovered", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowTables() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowTables() { //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); @@ -4290,7 +5362,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() PushStyleCompact(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); ImGui::Indent(); ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); @@ -5944,7 +7016,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Show data // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-NAV: How we can get decent up/down even though we have the buttons here? - ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); #if 1 // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists ImGuiListClipper clipper; @@ -6029,7 +7100,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PopID(); } } - ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); // Store some info to display debug details below table_scroll_cur = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollY()); @@ -6267,6 +7337,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowInputs() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus"); @@ -6492,10 +7566,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::PushTabStop(false); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); - ImGui::PopTabStop(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -6517,12 +7591,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2; - ImGui::PushTabStop(false); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop, true); if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3; ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); - ImGui::PopTabStop(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); if (has_focus) ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus); @@ -6587,6 +7661,17 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui"); ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); + + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Homepage", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("FAQ", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Wiki", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Releases", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("Funding", "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Funding"); + ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information."); @@ -6863,6 +7948,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarBorderSize", &style.TabBarBorderSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarOverlineSize", &style.TabBarOverlineSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Overline is only drawn over the selected tab when ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline is set."); ImGui::SeparatorText("Rounding"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); @@ -7830,57 +8917,130 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Some of the interactions are a bit lack-luster: +// - We would want pressing validating or leaving the filter to somehow restore focus. +// - We may want more advanced filtering (child nodes) and clipper support: both will need extra work. +// - We would want to customize some keyboard interactions to easily keyboard navigate between the tree and the properties. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid) +struct ExampleAppPropertyEditor { - // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. - ImGui::PushID(uid); + ImGuiTextFilter Filter; + ExampleTreeNode* VisibleNode = NULL; - // Text and Tree nodes are less high than framed widgets, using AlignTextToFramePadding() we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. - ImGui::TableNextRow(); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); - ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); - - if (node_open) + void Draw(ExampleTreeNode* root_node) { - static float placeholder_members[8] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 3.1416f, 100.0f, 999.0f }; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + // Left side: draw tree + // - Currently using a table to benefit from RowBg feature + if (ImGui::BeginChild("##tree", ImVec2(300, 0), ImGuiChildFlags_ResizeX | ImGuiChildFlags_Border | ImGuiChildFlags_NavFlattened)) { - ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. - if (i < 2) - { - ShowPlaceholderObject("Child", 424242); - } - else - { - // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well) - ImGui::TableNextRow(); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; - ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", flags, "Field_%d", i); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiInputFlags_Tooltip); + ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + if (ImGui::InputTextWithHint("##Filter", "incl,-excl", Filter.InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(Filter.InputBuf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll)) + Filter.Build(); + ImGui::PopItemFlag(); - ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); - if (i >= 5) - ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 1.0f); - else - ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 0.01f); - ImGui::NextColumn(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##bg", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg)) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* node : root_node->Childs) + if (Filter.PassFilter(node->Name)) // Filter root node + DrawTreeNode(node); + ImGui::EndTable(); } - ImGui::PopID(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); -} + ImGui::EndChild(); -// Demonstrate create a simple property editor. -// This demo is a bit lackluster nowadays, would be nice to improve. -static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) + // Right side: draw properties + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position + if (ExampleTreeNode* node = VisibleNode) + { + ImGui::Text("%s", node->Name); + ImGui::TextDisabled("UID: 0x%08X", node->UID); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##properties", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 2.0f); // Default twice larger + if (node->HasData) + { + // In a typical application, the structure description would be derived from a data-driven system. + // - We try to mimic this with our ExampleMemberInfo structure and the ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos[] array. + // - Limits and some details are hard-coded to simplify the demo. + for (const ExampleMemberInfo& field_desc : ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::PushID(field_desc.Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(field_desc.Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + void* field_ptr = (void*)(((unsigned char*)node) + field_desc.Offset); + switch (field_desc.DataType) + { + case ImGuiDataType_Bool: + { + IM_ASSERT(field_desc.DataCount == 1); + ImGui::Checkbox("##Editor", (bool*)field_ptr); + break; + } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + { + int v_min = INT_MIN, v_max = INT_MAX; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::DragScalarN("##Editor", field_desc.DataType, field_ptr, field_desc.DataCount, 1.0f, &v_min, &v_max); + break; + } + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + { + float v_min = 0.0f, v_max = 1.0f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::SliderScalarN("##Editor", field_desc.DataType, field_ptr, field_desc.DataCount, &v_min, &v_max); + break; + } + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } + + void DrawTreeNode(ExampleTreeNode* node) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::PushID(node->UID); + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick; // Standard opening mode as we are likely to want to add selection afterwards + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere; // Left arrow support + if (node == VisibleNode) + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + if (node->Childs.Size == 0) + tree_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; + if (node->DataMyBool == false) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImGui::GetStyle().Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("", tree_flags, "%s", node->Name); + if (node->DataMyBool == false) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + if (ImGui::IsItemFocused()) + VisibleNode = node; + if (node_open) + { + for (ExampleTreeNode* child : node->Childs) + DrawTreeNode(child); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } +}; + +// Demonstrate creating a simple property editor. +static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open, ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open)) @@ -7890,25 +9050,11 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); - HelpMarker( - "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" - "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n"); + static ExampleAppPropertyEditor property_editor; + if (demo_data->DemoTree == NULL) + demo_data->DemoTree = ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree(); + property_editor.Draw(demo_data->DemoTree); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2)); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("##split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) - { - ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Object"); - ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Contents"); - ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); - - // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data) - for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++) - ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i); - - ImGui::EndTable(); - } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -9057,6 +10203,404 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Assets Browser / ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//#include "imgui_internal.h" // NavMoveRequestTryWrapping() + +struct ExampleAsset +{ + ImGuiID ID; + int Type; + + ExampleAsset(ImGuiID id, int type) { ID = id; Type = type; } + + static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + + static void SortWithSortSpecs(ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs, ExampleAsset* items, int items_count) + { + s_current_sort_specs = sort_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items_count > 1) + qsort(items, (size_t)items_count, sizeof(items[0]), ExampleAsset::CompareWithSortSpecs); + s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + } + + // Compare function to be used by qsort() + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const ExampleAsset* a = (const ExampleAsset*)lhs; + const ExampleAsset* b = (const ExampleAsset*)rhs; + for (int n = 0; n < s_current_sort_specs->SpecsCount; n++) + { + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &s_current_sort_specs->Specs[n]; + int delta = 0; + if (sort_spec->ColumnIndex == 0) + delta = ((int)a->ID - (int)b->ID); + else if (sort_spec->ColumnIndex == 1) + delta = (a->Type - b->Type); + if (delta > 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? +1 : -1; + if (delta < 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? -1 : +1; + } + return ((int)a->ID - (int)b->ID); + } +}; +const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ExampleAsset::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + +struct ExampleAssetsBrowser +{ + // Options + bool ShowTypeOverlay = true; + bool AllowSorting = true; + bool AllowDragUnselected = false; + bool AllowBoxSelect = true; + float IconSize = 32.0f; + int IconSpacing = 10; + int IconHitSpacing = 4; // Increase hit-spacing if you want to make it possible to clear or box-select from gaps. Some spacing is required to able to amend with Shift+box-select. Value is small in Explorer. + bool StretchSpacing = true; + + // State + ImVector Items; // Our items + ExampleSelectionWithDeletion Selection; // Our selection (ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage + helper funcs to handle deletion) + ImGuiID NextItemId = 0; // Unique identifier when creating new items + bool RequestDelete = false; // Deferred deletion request + bool RequestSort = false; // Deferred sort request + float ZoomWheelAccum = 0.0f; // Mouse wheel accumulator to handle smooth wheels better + + // Calculated sizes for layout, output of UpdateLayoutSizes(). Could be locals but our code is simpler this way. + ImVec2 LayoutItemSize; + ImVec2 LayoutItemStep; // == LayoutItemSize + LayoutItemSpacing + float LayoutItemSpacing = 0.0f; + float LayoutSelectableSpacing = 0.0f; + float LayoutOuterPadding = 0.0f; + int LayoutColumnCount = 0; + int LayoutLineCount = 0; + + // Functions + ExampleAssetsBrowser() + { + AddItems(10000); + } + void AddItems(int count) + { + if (Items.Size == 0) + NextItemId = 0; + Items.reserve(Items.Size + count); + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++, NextItemId++) + Items.push_back(ExampleAsset(NextItemId, (NextItemId % 20) < 15 ? 0 : (NextItemId % 20) < 18 ? 1 : 2)); + RequestSort = true; + } + void ClearItems() + { + Items.clear(); + Selection.Clear(); + } + + // Logic would be written in the main code BeginChild() and outputing to local variables. + // We extracted it into a function so we can call it easily from multiple places. + void UpdateLayoutSizes(float avail_width) + { + // Layout: when not stretching: allow extending into right-most spacing. + LayoutItemSpacing = (float)IconSpacing; + if (StretchSpacing == false) + avail_width += floorf(LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f); + + // Layout: calculate number of icon per line and number of lines + LayoutItemSize = ImVec2(floorf(IconSize), floorf(IconSize)); + LayoutColumnCount = IM_MAX((int)(avail_width / (LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing)), 1); + LayoutLineCount = (Items.Size + LayoutColumnCount - 1) / LayoutColumnCount; + + // Layout: when stretching: allocate remaining space to more spacing. Round before division, so item_spacing may be non-integer. + if (StretchSpacing && LayoutColumnCount > 1) + LayoutItemSpacing = floorf(avail_width - LayoutItemSize.x * LayoutColumnCount) / LayoutColumnCount; + + LayoutItemStep = ImVec2(LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing, LayoutItemSize.y + LayoutItemSpacing); + LayoutSelectableSpacing = IM_MAX(floorf(LayoutItemSpacing) - IconHitSpacing, 0.0f); + LayoutOuterPadding = floorf(LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f); + } + + void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(IconSize * 25, IconSize * 15), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Menu bar + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Add 10000 items")) + AddItems(10000); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Clear items")) + ClearItems(); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", NULL, false, p_open != NULL)) + *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Delete", "Del", false, Selection.Size > 0)) + RequestDelete = true; + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) + { + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 10); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Contents"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Type Overlay", &ShowTypeOverlay); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow Sorting", &AllowSorting); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Selection Behavior"); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow dragging unselected item", &AllowDragUnselected); + ImGui::Checkbox("Allow box-selection", &AllowBoxSelect); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Layout"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("Icon Size", &IconSize, 16.0f, 128.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Use CTRL+Wheel to zoom"); + ImGui::SliderInt("Icon Spacing", &IconSpacing, 0, 32); + ImGui::SliderInt("Icon Hit Spacing", &IconHitSpacing, 0, 32); + ImGui::Checkbox("Stretch Spacing", &StretchSpacing); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + + // Show a table with ONLY one header row to showcase the idea/possibility of using this to provide a sorting UI + if (AllowSorting) + { + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGuiTableFlags table_flags_for_sort_specs = ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("for_sort_specs_only", 2, table_flags_for_sort_specs, ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetFrameHeight()))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Index"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Type"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sort_specs->SpecsDirty || RequestSort) + { + ExampleAsset::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, Items.Data, Items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = RequestSort = false; + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(0.0f, LayoutOuterPadding + LayoutLineCount * (LayoutItemSize.x + LayoutItemSpacing))); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("Assets", ImVec2(0.0f, -ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + + const float avail_width = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x; + UpdateLayoutSizes(avail_width); + + // Calculate and store start position. + ImVec2 start_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + start_pos = ImVec2(start_pos.x + LayoutOuterPadding, start_pos.y + LayoutOuterPadding); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(start_pos); + + // Multi-select + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid; + + // - Enable box-select (in 2D mode, so that changing box-select rectangle X1/X2 boundaries will affect clipped items) + if (AllowBoxSelect) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d; + + // - This feature allows dragging an unselected item without selecting it (rarely used) + if (AllowDragUnselected) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease; + + // - Enable keyboard wrapping on X axis + // (FIXME-MULTISELECT: We haven't designed/exposed a general nav wrapping api yet, so this flag is provided as a courtesy to avoid doing: + // ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(), ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX); + // When we finish implementing a more general API for this, we will obsolete this flag in favor of the new system) + ms_flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX; + + ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io = ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ms_flags, Selection.Size, Items.Size); + + // Use custom selection adapter: store ID in selection (recommended) + Selection.UserData = this; + Selection.AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* self_, int idx) { ExampleAssetsBrowser* self = (ExampleAssetsBrowser*)self_->UserData; return self->Items[idx].ID; }; + Selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + + const bool want_delete = (ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Delete, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && (Selection.Size > 0)) || RequestDelete; + const int item_curr_idx_to_focus = want_delete ? Selection.ApplyDeletionPreLoop(ms_io, Items.Size) : -1; + RequestDelete = false; + + // Push LayoutSelectableSpacing (which is LayoutItemSpacing minus hit-spacing, if we decide to have hit gaps between items) + // Altering style ItemSpacing may seem unnecessary as we position every items using SetCursorScreenPos()... + // But it is necessary for two reasons: + // - Selectables uses it by default to visually fill the space between two items. + // - The vertical spacing would be measured by Clipper to calculate line height if we didn't provide it explicitly (here we do). + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(LayoutSelectableSpacing, LayoutSelectableSpacing)); + + // Rendering parameters + const ImU32 icon_type_overlay_colors[3] = { 0, IM_COL32(200, 70, 70, 255), IM_COL32(70, 170, 70, 255) }; + const ImU32 icon_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg); + const ImVec2 icon_type_overlay_size = ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f); + const bool display_label = (LayoutItemSize.x >= ImGui::CalcTextSize("999").x); + + const int column_count = LayoutColumnCount; + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(LayoutLineCount, LayoutItemStep.y); + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex(item_curr_idx_to_focus / column_count); // Ensure focused item line is not clipped. + if (ms_io->RangeSrcItem != -1) + clipper.IncludeItemByIndex((int)ms_io->RangeSrcItem / column_count); // Ensure RangeSrc item line is not clipped. + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int line_idx = clipper.DisplayStart; line_idx < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_idx++) + { + const int item_min_idx_for_current_line = line_idx * column_count; + const int item_max_idx_for_current_line = IM_MIN((line_idx + 1) * column_count, Items.Size); + for (int item_idx = item_min_idx_for_current_line; item_idx < item_max_idx_for_current_line; ++item_idx) + { + ExampleAsset* item_data = &Items[item_idx]; + ImGui::PushID((int)item_data->ID); + + // Position item + ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(start_pos.x + (item_idx % column_count) * LayoutItemStep.x, start_pos.y + line_idx * LayoutItemStep.y); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(pos); + + ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(item_idx); + bool item_is_selected = Selection.Contains((ImGuiID)item_data->ID); + bool item_is_visible = ImGui::IsRectVisible(LayoutItemSize); + ImGui::Selectable("", item_is_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, LayoutItemSize); + + // Update our selection state immediately (without waiting for EndMultiSelect() requests) + // because we use this to alter the color of our text/icon. + if (ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection()) + item_is_selected = !item_is_selected; + + // Focus (for after deletion) + if (item_curr_idx_to_focus == item_idx) + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); + + // Drag and drop + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + // Create payload with full selection OR single unselected item. + // (the later is only possible when using ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease) + if (ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() == NULL) + { + ImVector payload_items; + void* it = NULL; + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (!item_is_selected) + payload_items.push_back(item_data->ID); + else + while (Selection.GetNextSelectedItem(&it, &id)) + payload_items.push_back(id); + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("ASSETS_BROWSER_ITEMS", payload_items.Data, (size_t)payload_items.size_in_bytes()); + } + + // Display payload content in tooltip, by extracting it from the payload data + // (we could read from selection, but it is more correct and reusable to read from payload) + const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::GetDragDropPayload(); + const int payload_count = (int)payload->DataSize / (int)sizeof(ImGuiID); + ImGui::Text("%d assets", payload_count); + + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + + // Render icon (a real app would likely display an image/thumbnail here) + // Because we use ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d, clipping vertical may occasionally be larger, so we coarse-clip our rendering as well. + if (item_is_visible) + { + ImVec2 box_min(pos.x - 1, pos.y - 1); + ImVec2 box_max(box_min.x + LayoutItemSize.x + 2, box_min.y + LayoutItemSize.y + 2); // Dubious + draw_list->AddRectFilled(box_min, box_max, icon_bg_color); // Background color + if (ShowTypeOverlay && item_data->Type != 0) + { + ImU32 type_col = icon_type_overlay_colors[item_data->Type % IM_ARRAYSIZE(icon_type_overlay_colors)]; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(box_max.x - 2 - icon_type_overlay_size.x, box_min.y + 2), ImVec2(box_max.x - 2, box_min.y + 2 + icon_type_overlay_size.y), type_col); + } + if (display_label) + { + ImU32 label_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(item_is_selected ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled); + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "%d", item_data->ID); + draw_list->AddText(ImVec2(box_min.x, box_max.y - ImGui::GetFontSize()), label_col, label); + } + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + } + clipper.End(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + + // Context menu + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + ImGui::Text("Selection: %d items", Selection.Size); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Delete", "Del", false, Selection.Size > 0)) + RequestDelete = true; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + ms_io = ImGui::EndMultiSelect(); + Selection.ApplyRequests(ms_io); + if (want_delete) + Selection.ApplyDeletionPostLoop(ms_io, Items, item_curr_idx_to_focus); + + // Zooming with CTRL+Wheel + if (ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()) + ZoomWheelAccum = 0.0f; + if (ImGui::IsWindowHovered() && io.MouseWheel != 0.0f && ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() == false) + { + ZoomWheelAccum += io.MouseWheel; + if (fabsf(ZoomWheelAccum) >= 1.0f) + { + // Calculate hovered item index from mouse location + // FIXME: Locking aiming on 'hovered_item_idx' (with a cool-down timer) would ensure zoom keeps on it. + const float hovered_item_nx = (io.MousePos.x - start_pos.x + LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f) / LayoutItemStep.x; + const float hovered_item_ny = (io.MousePos.y - start_pos.y + LayoutItemSpacing * 0.5f) / LayoutItemStep.y; + const int hovered_item_idx = ((int)hovered_item_ny * LayoutColumnCount) + (int)hovered_item_nx; + //ImGui::SetTooltip("%f,%f -> item %d", hovered_item_nx, hovered_item_ny, hovered_item_idx); // Move those 4 lines in block above for easy debugging + + // Zoom + IconSize *= powf(1.1f, (float)(int)ZoomWheelAccum); + IconSize = IM_CLAMP(IconSize, 16.0f, 128.0f); + ZoomWheelAccum -= (int)ZoomWheelAccum; + UpdateLayoutSizes(avail_width); + + // Manipulate scroll to that we will land at the same Y location of currently hovered item. + // - Calculate next frame position of item under mouse + // - Set new scroll position to be used in next ImGui::BeginChild() call. + float hovered_item_rel_pos_y = ((float)(hovered_item_idx / LayoutColumnCount) + fmodf(hovered_item_ny, 1.0f)) * LayoutItemStep.y; + hovered_item_rel_pos_y += ImGui::GetStyle().WindowPadding.y; + float mouse_local_y = io.MousePos.y - ImGui::GetWindowPos().y; + ImGui::SetScrollY(hovered_item_rel_pos_y - mouse_local_y); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndChild(); + + ImGui::Text("Selected: %d/%d items", Selection.Size, Items.Size); + ImGui::End(); + } +}; + +void ShowExampleAppAssetsBrowser(bool* p_open) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Assets Browser"); + static ExampleAssetsBrowser assets_browser; + assets_browser.Draw("Example: Assets Browser", p_open); +} + // End of Demo code #else diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp index dc067c77d..cb7a2de33 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.90.9 +// dear imgui, v1.91.0 // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -229,6 +229,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); @@ -293,6 +294,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -358,6 +360,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive]; colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h index d77694fe0..c7678a0a0 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.90.9 +// dear imgui, v1.91.0 // (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility. @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Navigation support // [SECTION] Typing-select support // [SECTION] Columns support +// [SECTION] Box-select support // [SECTION] Multi-select support // [SECTION] Docking support // [SECTION] Viewport support @@ -124,6 +125,7 @@ struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances +struct ImGuiBoxSelectState; // Box-selection state (currently used by multi-selection, could potentially be used by others) struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine @@ -139,8 +141,9 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextDeactivateData;// Short term storage to backup text of a de struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry. struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only +struct ImGuiMultiSelectState; // Multi-selection persistent state (for focused selection). +struct ImGuiMultiSelectTempData; // Multi-selection temporary state (while traversing). struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result -struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData; // Temporary storage for last TreeNode() being a Left arrow landing candidate. struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions @@ -159,6 +162,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings +struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData; // Temporary storage for TreeNode(). struct ImGuiTypingSelectState; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() struct ImGuiTypingSelectRequest; // Storage for GetTypingSelectRequest() (aimed to be public) struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window @@ -176,7 +180,6 @@ typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // E typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ // Flags: for FocusWindow(); -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() @@ -397,6 +400,7 @@ IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } +static inline bool ImCharIsXdigitA(char c) { return (c >= '0' && c <= '9') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); } IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helpers: Formatting @@ -501,6 +505,7 @@ static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } +static inline float ImLinearRemapClamp(float s0, float s1, float d0, float d1, float x) { return ImSaturate((x - s0) / (s1 - s0)) * (d1 - d0) + d0; } static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; } static inline float ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; } @@ -787,6 +792,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // UV of white pixel in the atlas ImFont* Font; // Current/default font (optional, for simplified AddText overload) float FontSize; // Current/default font size (optional, for simplified AddText overload) + float FontScale; // Current/default font scale (== FontSize / Font->FontSize) float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() @@ -851,30 +857,28 @@ enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags used by upcoming items +// Extend ImGuiItemFlags // - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags. // - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags -// Current window shared by all windows. -// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. -enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +enum ImGuiItemFlagsPrivate_ { // Controlled by user - ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing. This is a "lighter" version of ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav. - ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. - ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable any form of focusing (keyboard/gamepad directional navigation and SetKeyboardFocusHere() calls) - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items) - ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window - ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) - ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. - ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() - ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 9, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame. + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 10, // false // Disable interactions (DOES NOT affect visuals, see BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() for full disable feature, and github #211). + ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 11, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. + ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 12, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 13, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 14, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame. // Controlled by widget code - ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. - ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData = 1 << 11, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() - ImGuiItemFlags_NoInertialScroll = 1 << 12, // false // tildearrow: Disable inertial scroll when activated + ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 20, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. + ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData = 1 << 21, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect = 1 << 22, // false // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + ImGuiItemFlags_NoInertialScroll = 1 << 23, // false // tildearrow: Disable inertial scroll when activated + + ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Please don't change, use PushItemFlag() instead. + + // Obsolete + //ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = !ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, // Can't have a redirect as we inverted the behavior }; // Status flags for an already submitted item @@ -978,8 +982,8 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ // Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ { - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20, - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow = 1 << 21,// (FIXME-WIP) Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 28,// FIXME-WIP: Hard-coded for CollapsingHeader() + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow = 1 << 29,// FIXME-WIP: Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517) }; enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ @@ -1231,10 +1235,6 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } }; -// Multi-Selection item index or identifier when using SetNextItemSelectionUserData()/BeginMultiSelect() -// (Most users are likely to use this store an item INDEX but this may be used to store a POINTER as well.) -typedef ImS64 ImGuiSelectionUserData; - enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, @@ -1242,13 +1242,15 @@ enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasShortcut = 1 << 2, ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasRefVal = 1 << 3, + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID = 1 << 4, }; struct ImGuiNextItemData { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; - ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap. + ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap and ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData. // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem() + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values) float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() ImGuiKeyChord Shortcut; // Set by SetNextItemShortcut() @@ -1256,6 +1258,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextItemData bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() ImU8 OpenCond; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() ImGuiDataTypeStorage RefVal; // Not exposed yet, for ImGuiInputTextFlags_ParseEmptyAsRefVal + ImGuiID StorageId; // Set by SetNextItemStorageID() ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SelectionUserData = -1; } inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! @@ -1277,14 +1280,16 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere. -// This is the minimum amount of data that we need to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult() and which we can't infer in TreePop() -// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump. -struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData +// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() +// - To implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere: store the minimum amount of data +// which we can't infer in TreePop(), to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult(). +// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump. +struct ImGuiTreeNodeStackData { ImGuiID ID; - ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; - ImRect NavRect; + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags TreeFlags; + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // Used for nav landing + ImRect NavRect; // Used for nav landing }; struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes @@ -1379,8 +1384,8 @@ typedef ImBitArray ImBitAr #define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast ImGuiMod_Shift #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow ImGuiKey_GamepadL1 #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast ImGuiKey_GamepadR1 -#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown -#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown) +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel (g.IO.ConfigNavSwapGamepadButtons ? ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown : ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight) #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft #define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp @@ -1735,6 +1740,34 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Box-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiBoxSelectState +{ + // Active box-selection data (persistent, 1 active at a time) + ImGuiID ID; + bool IsActive; + bool IsStarting; + bool IsStartedFromVoid; // Starting click was not from an item. + bool IsStartedSetNavIdOnce; + bool RequestClear; + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods : 16; // Latched key-mods for box-select logic. + ImVec2 StartPosRel; // Start position in window-contents relative space (to support scrolling) + ImVec2 EndPosRel; // End position in window-contents relative space + ImVec2 ScrollAccum; // Scrolling accumulator (to behave at high-frame spaces) + ImGuiWindow* Window; + + // Temporary/Transient data + bool UnclipMode; // (Temp/Transient, here in hot area). Set/cleared by the BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() owning active box-select. + ImRect UnclipRect; // Rectangle where ItemAdd() clipping may be temporarily disabled. Need support by multi-select supporting widgets. + ImRect BoxSelectRectPrev; // Selection rectangle in absolute coordinates (derived every frame from BoxSelectStartPosRel and MousePos) + ImRect BoxSelectRectCurr; + + ImGuiBoxSelectState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Multi-select support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1742,9 +1775,45 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns // We always assume that -1 is an invalid value (which works for indices and pointers) #define ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid ((ImGuiSelectionUserData)-1) -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT -// -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT +// Temporary storage for multi-select +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectTempData +{ + ImGuiMultiSelectIO IO; // MUST BE FIRST FIELD. Requests are set and returned by BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() + written to by user during the loop. + ImGuiMultiSelectState* Storage; + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Copied from g.CurrentFocusScopeId (unless another selection scope was pushed manually) + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags Flags; + ImVec2 ScopeRectMin; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImGuiSelectionUserData LastSubmittedItem; // Copy of last submitted item data, used to merge output ranges. + ImGuiID BoxSelectId; + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; + ImS8 LoopRequestSetAll; // -1: no operation, 0: clear all, 1: select all. + bool IsEndIO; // Set when switching IO from BeginMultiSelect() to EndMultiSelect() state. + bool IsFocused; // Set if currently focusing the selection scope (any item of the selection). May be used if you have custom shortcut associated to selection. + bool IsKeyboardSetRange; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() when using Shift+Navigation. Because scrolling may be affected we can't afford a frame of lag with Shift+Navigation. + bool NavIdPassedBy; + bool RangeSrcPassedBy; // Set by the item that matches RangeSrcItem. + bool RangeDstPassedBy; // Set by the item that matches NavJustMovedToId when IsSetRange is set. + + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { size_t io_sz = sizeof(IO); ClearIO(); memset((void*)(&IO + 1), 0, sizeof(*this) - io_sz); } // Zero-clear except IO as we preserve IO.Requests[] buffer allocation. + void ClearIO() { IO.Requests.resize(0); IO.RangeSrcItem = IO.NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; IO.NavIdSelected = IO.RangeSrcReset = false; } +}; + +// Persistent storage for multi-select (as long as selection is alive) +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMultiSelectState +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; + ImGuiID ID; + int LastFrameActive; // Last used frame-count, for GC. + int LastSelectionSize; // Set by BeginMultiSelect() based on optional info provided by user. May be -1 if unknown. + ImS8 RangeSelected; // -1 (don't have) or true/false + ImS8 NavIdSelected; // -1 (don't have) or true/false + ImGuiSelectionUserData RangeSrcItem; // + ImGuiSelectionUserData NavIdItem; // SetNextItemSelectionUserData() value for NavId (if part of submitted items) + + ImGuiMultiSelectState() { Window = NULL; ID = 0; LastFrameActive = LastSelectionSize = 0; RangeSelected = NavIdSelected = -1; RangeSrcItem = NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; } +}; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Docking support @@ -1999,6 +2068,7 @@ enum ImGuiLocKey : int ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, + ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink, ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock, ImGuiLocKey_DockingDragToUndockOrMoveNode, @@ -2129,6 +2199,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back() float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize(). Text height for current window. float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. + float FontScale; // == FontSize / Font->FontSize float CurrentDpiScale; // Current window/viewport DpiScale == CurrentViewport->DpiScale ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; double Time; @@ -2213,11 +2284,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable; ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) - bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency) + bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (this is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys, frequently used by drag operations) ImGuiKeyChord DebugBreakInShortcutRouting; // Set to break in SetShortcutRouting()/Shortcut() calls. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' -#endif + //ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // [OBSOLETE] Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes --> 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' // Next window/item data ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // Value for currently appending items == g.FocusScopeStack.back(). Not to be mistaken with g.NavFocusScopeId. @@ -2238,7 +2307,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector GroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() ImVector OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) ImVector BeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) - ImVector NavTreeNodeStack; // Stack for TreeNode() when a NavLeft requested is emitted. + ImVectorTreeNodeStack; // Stack for TreeNode() // Viewports ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (always 1+, and generally 1 unless multi-viewports are enabled). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. @@ -2365,6 +2434,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; + // Multi-Select state + ImGuiBoxSelectState BoxSelectState; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* CurrentMultiSelect; + int MultiSelectTempDataStacked; // Temporary multi-select data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use MultiSelectTempData.Size) + ImVector MultiSelectTempData; + ImPool MultiSelectStorage; + // Hover Delay system ImGuiID HoverItemDelayId; ImGuiID HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame; @@ -2414,7 +2490,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Platform support ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame - ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data. When changed we call the io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() handler. ImGuiID PlatformImeViewport; // Extensions @@ -2489,7 +2565,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ConfigFlagsCurrFrame = ConfigFlagsLastFrame = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; Font = NULL; - FontSize = FontBaseSize = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f; + FontSize = FontBaseSize = FontScale = CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f; IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); Time = 0.0f; FrameCount = 0; @@ -2544,9 +2620,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; -#endif CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; @@ -2621,6 +2694,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext CurrentTable = NULL; TablesTempDataStacked = 0; CurrentTabBar = NULL; + CurrentMultiSelect = NULL; + MultiSelectTempDataStacked = 0; HoverItemDelayId = HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0; HoverItemDelayTimer = HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; @@ -2737,7 +2812,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData ImVec2 MenuBarOffset; // MenuBarOffset.x is sort of equivalent of a per-layer CursorPos.x, saved/restored as we switch to the menu bar. The only situation when MenuBarOffset.y is > 0 if when (SafeAreaPadding.y > FramePadding.y), often used on TVs. ImGuiMenuColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items measurement int TreeDepth; // Current tree depth. - ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. + ImU32 TreeHasStackDataDepthMask; // Store whether given depth has ImGuiTreeNodeStackData data. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. ImVector ChildWindows; ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set @@ -3309,6 +3384,7 @@ namespace ImGui inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } inline ImVec2 WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); } + inline ImVec2 WindowPosAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x - off.x, p.y - off.y); } // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0); @@ -3389,7 +3465,7 @@ namespace ImGui //#endif // Basic Accessors - inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; } inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } @@ -3415,13 +3491,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); - IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); // Parameter stacks (shared) - IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); - IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx); IMGUI_API void BeginDisabledOverrideReenable(); IMGUI_API void EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); @@ -3470,7 +3542,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); - IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); @@ -3535,7 +3607,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwnersForKeyChord(ImGuiKeyChord key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &ctx->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } @@ -3653,6 +3725,18 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindNextSingleCharMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx); IMGUI_API int TypingSelectFindBestLeadingMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data); + // Box-Select API + IMGUI_API bool BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID box_select_id, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags); + IMGUI_API void EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags); + + // Multi-Select API + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectItemHeader(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, ImGuiButtonFlags* p_button_flags); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected); + IMGUI_API void MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item); + inline ImGuiBoxSelectState* GetBoxSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.BoxSelectState.ID == id && g.BoxSelectState.IsActive) ? &g.BoxSelectState : NULL; } + inline ImGuiMultiSelectState* GetMultiSelectState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.MultiSelectStorage.GetByKey(id); } + // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). @@ -3797,11 +3881,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0); + + // Widgets: Tree Nodes IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. - IMGUI_API void SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeGetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id); + IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, bool open); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). @@ -3848,12 +3934,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); - // Debug Log - IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); - IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - IMGUI_API void DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free - // Debug Tools + IMGUI_API void DebugAllocHook(ImGuiDebugAllocInfo* info, int frame_count, void* ptr, size_t size); // size >= 0 : alloc, size = -1 : free IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); @@ -3881,11 +3963,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* state); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeMultiSelectState(ImGuiMultiSelectState* state); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack); IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodePlatformMonitor(ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor, const char* label, int idx); IMGUI_API void DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list); IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp index f70ddb6e9..ae7c6f010 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.90.9 +// dear imgui, v1.91.0 // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -412,11 +412,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) - ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + ImGuiWindowFlags child_window_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) { - child_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + child_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; } - BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags); + BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_None, child_window_flags); table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); @@ -1999,34 +1999,37 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and // get the new cursor position. if (unfreeze_rows_request) + { for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - if (unfreeze_rows_actual) - { - IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); - table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; - // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect - table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); - table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; - table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; - IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); - - float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; - table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; - table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (unfreeze_rows_actual) { - ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; - column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; - column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; - } + IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; - // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); - table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect + table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); + + float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; + } + + // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + } } if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)) @@ -3272,7 +3275,7 @@ void ImGui::TableAngledHeadersRowEx(ImGuiID row_id, float angle, float max_label ButtonBehavior(row_r, row_id, NULL, NULL); KeepAliveID(row_id); - const float ascent_scaled = g.Font->Ascent * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); // FIXME: Standardize those scaling factors better + const float ascent_scaled = g.Font->Ascent * g.FontScale; // FIXME: Standardize those scaling factors better const float line_off_for_ascent_x = (ImMax((g.FontSize - ascent_scaled) * 0.5f, 0.0f) / -sin_a) * (flip_label ? -1.0f : 1.0f); const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.CellPadding; // We will always use swapped component const ImVec2 align = g.Style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign; @@ -3474,7 +3477,7 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawDefaultContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableFlags flags Separator(); want_separator = true; - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true); + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups, false); for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) { ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp index b6d4dae84..a701c968a 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.90.9 +// dear imgui, v1.91.0 // (widgets code) /* @@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. // [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable // [SECTION] Widgets: Typing-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Box-Select support // [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select helpers // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox // [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram // [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers @@ -70,6 +72,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') @@ -605,6 +608,7 @@ void ImGui::ScrollText(ImGuiID id, const char* text, const ImVec2& pos, ImVec2 s // - RadioButton() // - ProgressBar() // - Bullet() +// - Hyperlink() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // The ButtonBehavior() function is key to many interactions and used by many/most widgets. @@ -746,8 +750,14 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool SetActiveID(id, window); g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + { SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + else + { + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Still need to focus and bring to front, but try to avoid losing NavId when navigating a child + } } if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2)) { @@ -756,10 +766,16 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool ClearActiveID(); else SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) - SetFocusID(id, window); g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; - FocusWindow(window); + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + { + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + else + { + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Still need to focus and bring to front, but try to avoid losing NavId when navigating a child + } } } if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) @@ -1022,17 +1038,15 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) return pressed; // Render - // FIXME: Clarify this mess - ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); - ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); if (hovered) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f), col); - - float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact); ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + ImVec2 cross_center = bb.GetCenter() - ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddLine(cross_center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(cross_center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); return pressed; } @@ -1055,7 +1069,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_no ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact); if (dock_node) RenderArrowDockMenu(window->DrawList, bb.Min, g.FontSize, text_col); @@ -1327,17 +1342,32 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); const bool is_visible = ItemAdd(total_bb, id); + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; if (!is_visible) - { - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); - return false; - } + if (!is_multi_select || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipMode || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipRect.Overlaps(total_bb)) // Extra layer of "no logic clip" for box-select support + { + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + return false; + } + + // Range-Selection/Multi-selection support (header) + bool checked = *v; + if (is_multi_select) + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &checked, NULL); bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - if (pressed) + + // Range-Selection/Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &checked, &pressed); + else if (pressed) + checked = !checked; + + if (*v != checked) { - *v = !(*v); + *v = checked; + pressed = true; // return value MarkItemEdited(id); } @@ -1565,6 +1595,76 @@ void ImGui::Bullet() SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); } +// This is provided as a convenience for being an often requested feature. +// FIXME-STYLE: we delayed adding as there is a larger plan to revamp the styling system. +// Because of this we currently don't provide many styling options for this widget +// (e.g. hovered/active colors are automatically inferred from a single color). +bool ImGui::TextLink(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None); + + ImVec4 text_colf = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextLink]; + ImVec4 line_colf = text_colf; + { + // FIXME-STYLE: Read comments above. This widget is NOT written in the same style as some earlier widgets, + // as we are currently experimenting/planning a different styling system. + float h, s, v; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(text_colf.x, text_colf.y, text_colf.z, h, s, v); + if (held || hovered) + { + v = ImSaturate(v + (held ? 0.4f : 0.3f)); + h = ImFmod(h + 0.02f, 1.0f); + } + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, text_colf.x, text_colf.y, text_colf.z); + v = ImSaturate(v - 0.20f); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, line_colf.x, line_colf.y, line_colf.z); + } + + float line_y = bb.Max.y + ImFloor(g.Font->Descent * g.FontScale * 0.20f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, line_y), ImVec2(bb.Max.x, line_y), GetColorU32(line_colf)); // FIXME-TEXT: Underline mode. + + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(text_colf)); + RenderText(bb.Min, label, label_end); + PopStyleColor(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; +} + +void ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL(const char* label, const char* url) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (url == NULL) + url = label; + if (TextLink(label)) + if (g.IO.PlatformOpenInShellFn != NULL) + g.IO.PlatformOpenInShellFn(&g, url); + SetItemTooltip("%s", url); // It is more reassuring for user to _always_ display URL when we same as label + if (BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_CopyLink))) + SetClipboardText(url); + EndPopup(); + } +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2255,6 +2355,7 @@ static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = #endif { sizeof(float), "float", "%.3f","%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) { sizeof(double), "double","%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double + { sizeof(bool), "bool", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_Bool }; IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); @@ -4216,7 +4317,7 @@ namespace ImStb static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= obj->CurLenW); return obj->TextW[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return IMSTB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * g.FontScale; } static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx) @@ -4234,7 +4335,7 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* ob static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { - return c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='.' || c=='!'; + return c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='.' || c=='!' || c=='\\' || c=='/'; } static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) @@ -4666,7 +4767,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges - bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_Border, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); g.NavActivateId = backup_activate_id; PopStyleVar(3); @@ -6587,7 +6688,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None, label, NULL); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -6605,8 +6707,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, NULL); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) @@ -6633,9 +6735,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); const char* label, *label_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, label_end); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -6644,24 +6747,32 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); const char* label, *label_end; ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label, label_end); } -void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open) +bool ImGui::TreeNodeGetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; - storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0); + return storage->GetInt(storage_id, 0) != 0; } -bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, bool open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; + storage->SetInt(storage_id, open ? 1 : 0); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID storage_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) return true; - // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function) + // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks, or explicitly use the SetNextItemOpen function ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage; @@ -6672,16 +6783,16 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(storage_id, is_open); } else { // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently. - const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1); + const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(storage_id, -1); if (stored_value == -1) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(storage_id, is_open); } else { @@ -6691,7 +6802,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) } else { - is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; + is_open = storage->GetInt(storage_id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; } // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior). @@ -6702,6 +6813,23 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) return is_open; } +// Store ImGuiTreeNodeStackData for just submitted node. +// Currently only supports 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero, easy to increase. +static void TreeNodeStoreStackData(ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + g.TreeNodeStack.resize(g.TreeNodeStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* tree_node_data = &g.TreeNodeStack.back(); + tree_node_data->ID = g.LastItemData.ID; + tree_node_data->TreeFlags = flags; + tree_node_data->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + tree_node_data->NavRect = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); +} + +// When using public API, currently 'id == storage_id' is always true, but we separate the values to facilitate advanced user code doing storage queries outside of UI loop. bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -6731,10 +6859,9 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l frame_bb.Max.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height; if (display_frame) { - // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding, to the edge of InnerClipRect - // (FIXME: May remove this at some point and make InnerClipRect align with WindowPadding.x instead of WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - frame_bb.Min.x -= IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f - 1.0f); - frame_bb.Max.x += IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); + const float outer_extend = IM_TRUNC(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); // Framed header expand a little outside of current limits + frame_bb.Min.x -= outer_extend; + frame_bb.Max.x += outer_extend; } ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y); @@ -6745,46 +6872,46 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanTextWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns)) == 0) interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f : 0.0f); - // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. - const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; - const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + // Compute open and multi-select states before ItemAdd() as it clear NextItem data. + ImGuiID storage_id = (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID) ? g.NextItemData.StorageId : id; + bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(storage_id, flags); + + bool is_visible; if (span_all_columns) { + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; - } - - // Compute open and multi-select states before ItemAdd() as it clear NextItem data. - bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); - bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); - g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; - g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; - - if (span_all_columns) - { + is_visible = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; } + else + { + is_visible = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + } + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; + g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; // If a NavLeft request is happening and ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere enabled: // Store data for the current depth to allow returning to this node from any child item. // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). // It will become tempting to enable ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere by default or move it to ImGuiStyle. - // Currently only supports 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero, easy to increase. - if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) - { - g.NavTreeNodeStack.resize(g.NavTreeNodeStack.Size + 1); - ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back(); - nav_tree_node_data->ID = id; - nav_tree_node_data->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; - nav_tree_node_data->NavRect = g.LastItemData.NavRect; - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); - } + bool store_tree_node_stack_data = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + store_tree_node_stack_data = true; + } const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; - if (!item_add) + if (!is_visible) { + if (store_tree_node_stack_data && is_open) + TreeNodeStoreStackData(flags); // Call before TreePushOverrideID() if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); @@ -6810,8 +6937,6 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l const float arrow_hit_x1 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) - style.TouchExtraPadding.x; const float arrow_hit_x2 = (text_pos.x - text_offset_x) + (g.FontSize + padding.x * 2.0f) + style.TouchExtraPadding.x; const bool is_mouse_x_over_arrow = (g.IO.MousePos.x >= arrow_hit_x1 && g.IO.MousePos.x < arrow_hit_x2); - if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags. // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support. @@ -6832,6 +6957,24 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l bool selected = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected) != 0; const bool was_selected = selected; + // Multi-selection support (header) + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; + if (is_multi_select) + { + // Handle multi-select + alter button flags for it + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &selected, &button_flags); + if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags = (button_flags | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) & ~ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + + // We absolutely need to distinguish open vs select so comes by default + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow; + } + else + { + if (window != g.HoveredWindow || !is_mouse_x_over_arrow) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers; + } + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); bool toggled = false; @@ -6839,7 +6982,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id) { - if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id)) + if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id && !is_multi_select)) toggled = true; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job @@ -6869,64 +7012,78 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l if (toggled) { is_open = !is_open; - window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); + window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(storage_id, is_open); g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; } } - // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. - if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + // Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + { + bool pressed_copy = pressed && !toggled; + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &selected, &pressed_copy); + if (pressed) + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, g.CurrentFocusScopeId, interact_bb); + } + + if (selected != was_selected) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render - const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact; - if (display_frame) { - // Framed type - const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); - else if (!is_leaf) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); - else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text - text_pos.x -= text_offset_x -padding.x; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) - frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); - } - else - { - // Unframed typed for tree nodes - if (hovered || selected) + const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact; + if (is_multi_select) + nav_highlight_flags |= ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw; // Always show the nav rectangle + if (display_frame) { + // Framed type const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, true, style.FrameRounding); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); + else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text + text_pos.x -= text_offset_x - padding.x; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) + frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); } - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); - else if (!is_leaf) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); + else + { + // Unframed typed for tree nodes + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); + } + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); + else if (!is_leaf) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); + } + + if (span_all_columns) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + // Label + if (display_frame) + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + else + RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); } - if (span_all_columns) - TablePopBackgroundChannel(); - - // Label - if (display_frame) - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - else - RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); - + if (store_tree_node_stack_data && is_open) + TreeNodeStoreStackData(flags); // Call before TreePushOverrideID() if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - TreePushOverrideID(id); + TreePushOverrideID(id); // Could use TreePush(label) but this avoid computing twice + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } @@ -6965,16 +7122,19 @@ void ImGui::TreePop() window->DC.TreeDepth--; ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); - // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) - if (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask) // Only set during request + if (window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask & tree_depth_mask) // Only set during request { - ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back(); - IM_ASSERT(nav_tree_node_data->ID == window->IDStack.back()); - if (g.NavIdIsAlive && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) - NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(&g.NavMoveResultLocal, nav_tree_node_data); - g.NavTreeNodeStack.pop_back(); + ImGuiTreeNodeStackData* data = &g.TreeNodeStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(data->ID == window->IDStack.back()); + if (data->TreeFlags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) + { + // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(&g.NavMoveResultLocal, data); + } + g.TreeNodeStack.pop_back(); + window->DC.TreeHasStackDataDepthMask &= ~tree_depth_mask; } - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. PopID(); @@ -6998,6 +7158,16 @@ void ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond) g.NextItemData.OpenCond = (ImU8)(cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always); } +// Set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader storage id. +void ImGui::SetNextItemStorageID(ImGuiID storage_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems) + return; + g.NextItemData.Flags |= ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasStorageID; + g.NextItemData.StorageId = storage_id; +} + // CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag). // This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode(). bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) @@ -7005,8 +7175,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + return TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); } // p_visible == NULL : regular collapsing header @@ -7096,6 +7266,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. + // FIXME: Not part of layout so not included in clipper calculation, but ItemSize currently doesn't allow offsetting CursorPos. ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0) { @@ -7110,25 +7281,29 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl } //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } - // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. - const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; - const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; + const ImGuiItemFlags extra_item_flags = disabled_item ? (ImGuiItemFlags)ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None; + bool is_visible; if (span_all_columns) { + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackgroundChannel for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; - } - - const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; - const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None); - if (span_all_columns) - { + is_visible = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, extra_item_flags); window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; } + else + { + is_visible = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, extra_item_flags); + } - if (!item_add) - return false; + const bool is_multi_select = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect) != 0; + if (!is_visible) + if (!is_multi_select || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipMode || !g.BoxSelectState.UnclipRect.Overlaps(bb)) // Extra layer of "no logic clip" for box-select support (would be more overhead to add to ItemAdd) + return false; const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization @@ -7155,20 +7330,35 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; } + // Multi-selection support (header) const bool was_selected = selected; + if (is_multi_select) + { + // Handle multi-select + alter button flags for it + MultiSelectItemHeader(id, &selected, &button_flags); + } + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - // Auto-select when moved into - // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch - // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control - // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons - // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) - // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items - // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) - if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) - selected = pressed = true; + // Multi-selection support (footer) + if (is_multi_select) + { + MultiSelectItemFooter(id, &selected, &pressed); + } + else + { + // Auto-select when moved into + // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch + // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control + // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons + // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) + // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items + // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + selected = pressed = true; + } // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) @@ -7182,18 +7372,31 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (pressed) MarkItemEdited(id); - // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. - if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 + if (selected != was_selected) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render - if ((hovered && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags&ImGuiConfigFlags_NoHoverColors)) || selected) + if (is_visible) { - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : (hovered && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags&ImGuiConfigFlags_NoHoverColors)) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + const bool highlighted = hovered || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight); + if ((highlighted || selected) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags&ImGuiConfigFlags_NoHoverColors)) + { + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling: Color for 'selected' elements? ImGuiCol_HeaderSelected + ImU32 col; + if (selected && !highlighted) + col = GetColorU32(ImLerp(GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Header), GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered), 0.5f)); + else + col = GetColorU32((held && highlighted) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : highlighted ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + } + if (g.NavId == id) + { + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags nav_highlight_flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding; + if (is_multi_select) + nav_highlight_flags |= ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw; // Always show the nav rectangle + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); + } } - if (g.NavId == id) - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_Compact | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); if (span_all_columns) { @@ -7203,22 +7406,27 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl PopColumnsBackground(); } - if(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHashTextHide) - { - RenderTextClippedNoHashHide(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); - } - else - { - RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + if (is_visible) { + if(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHashTextHide) + { + RenderTextClippedNoHashHide(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + } + else + { + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + } } // Automatically close popups - if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups) && (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AutoClosePopups)) CloseCurrentPopup(); if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) EndDisabled(); + // Selectable() always returns a pressed state! + // Users of BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() scope: you may call ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() to retrieve + // selection toggle, only useful if you need that state updated (e.g. for rendering purpose) before reaching EndMultiSelect(). IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; //-V1020 } @@ -7354,7 +7562,7 @@ static int ImStrimatchlen(const char* s1, const char* s1_end, const char* s2) // When SingleCharMode is set: // - it is better to NOT display a tooltip of other on-screen display indicator. // - the index of the currently focused item is required. -// if your SetNextItemSelectionData() values are indices, you can obtain it from ImGuiMultiSelectIO::NavIdItem, otherwise from g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData. +// if your SetNextItemSelectionUserData() values are indices, you can obtain it from ImGuiMultiSelectIO::NavIdItem, otherwise from g.NavLastValidSelectionUserData. int ImGui::TypingSelectFindMatch(ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* req, int items_count, const char* (*get_item_name_func)(void*, int), void* user_data, int nav_item_idx) { if (req == NULL || req->SelectRequest == false) // Support NULL parameter so both calls can be done from same spot. @@ -7424,20 +7632,927 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTypingSelectState(ImGuiTypingSelectState* data) #endif } +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Box-Select support +// This has been extracted away from Multi-Select logic in the hope that it could eventually be used elsewhere, but hasn't been yet. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Extra logic in MultiSelectItemFooter() and ImGuiListClipper::Step() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BoxSelectPreStartDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectActivateDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectDeactivateDrag() [Internal] +// - BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag() [Internal] +// - BeginBoxSelect() [Internal] +// - EndBoxSelect() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Call on the initial click. +static void BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ImGuiID id, ImGuiSelectionUserData clicked_item) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + bs->ID = id; + bs->IsStarting = true; // Consider starting box-select. + bs->IsStartedFromVoid = (clicked_item == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce = bs->IsStartedFromVoid; + bs->KeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + bs->StartPosRel = bs->EndPosRel = ImGui::WindowPosAbsToRel(g.CurrentWindow, g.IO.MousePos); + bs->ScrollAccum = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); +} + +static void BoxSelectActivateDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] BeginBoxSelect() 0X%08X: Activate\n", bs->ID); + bs->IsActive = true; + bs->Window = window; + bs->IsStarting = false; + ImGui::SetActiveID(bs->ID, window); + ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + if (bs->IsStartedFromVoid && (bs->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0) + bs->RequestClear = true; +} + +static void BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bs->IsActive = bs->IsStarting = false; + if (g.ActiveId == bs->ID) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] BeginBoxSelect() 0X%08X: Deactivate\n", bs->ID); + ImGui::ClearActiveID(); + } + bs->ID = 0; +} + +static void BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag(ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs, ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& inner_r) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(bs->Window == window); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) // each axis + { + const float mouse_pos = g.IO.MousePos[n]; + const float dist = (mouse_pos > inner_r.Max[n]) ? mouse_pos - inner_r.Max[n] : (mouse_pos < inner_r.Min[n]) ? mouse_pos - inner_r.Min[n] : 0.0f; + const float scroll_curr = window->Scroll[n]; + if (dist == 0.0f || (dist < 0.0f && scroll_curr < 0.0f) || (dist > 0.0f && scroll_curr >= window->ScrollMax[n])) + continue; + + const float speed_multiplier = ImLinearRemapClamp(g.FontSize, g.FontSize * 5.0f, 1.0f, 4.0f, ImAbs(dist)); // x1 to x4 depending on distance + const float scroll_step = g.FontSize * 35.0f * speed_multiplier * ImSign(dist) * g.IO.DeltaTime; + bs->ScrollAccum[n] += scroll_step; + + // Accumulate into a stored value so we can handle high-framerate + const float scroll_step_i = ImFloor(bs->ScrollAccum[n]); + if (scroll_step_i == 0.0f) + continue; + if (n == 0) + ImGui::SetScrollX(window, scroll_curr + scroll_step_i); + else + ImGui::SetScrollY(window, scroll_curr + scroll_step_i); + bs->ScrollAccum[n] -= scroll_step_i; + } +} + +bool ImGui::BeginBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID box_select_id, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + KeepAliveID(box_select_id); + if (bs->ID != box_select_id) + return false; + + // IsStarting is set by MultiSelectItemFooter() when considering a possible box-select. We validate it here and lock geometry. + bs->UnclipMode = false; + bs->RequestClear = false; + if (bs->IsStarting && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0)) + BoxSelectActivateDrag(bs, window); + else if ((bs->IsStarting || bs->IsActive) && g.IO.MouseDown[0] == false) + BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(bs); + if (!bs->IsActive) + return false; + + // Current frame absolute prev/current rectangles are used to toggle selection. + // They are derived from positions relative to scrolling space. + ImVec2 start_pos_abs = WindowPosRelToAbs(window, bs->StartPosRel); + ImVec2 prev_end_pos_abs = WindowPosRelToAbs(window, bs->EndPosRel); // Clamped already + ImVec2 curr_end_pos_abs = g.IO.MousePos; + if (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) // Box-select scrolling only happens with ScopeWindow + curr_end_pos_abs = ImClamp(curr_end_pos_abs, scope_rect.Min, scope_rect.Max); + bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min = ImMin(start_pos_abs, prev_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max = ImMax(start_pos_abs, prev_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min = ImMin(start_pos_abs, curr_end_pos_abs); + bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max = ImMax(start_pos_abs, curr_end_pos_abs); + + // Box-select 2D mode detects horizontal changes (vertical ones are already picked by Clipper) + // Storing an extra rect used by widgets supporting box-select. + if (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d) + if (bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min.x || bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max.x != bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max.x) + { + bs->UnclipMode = true; + bs->UnclipRect = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev; // FIXME-OPT: UnclipRect x coordinates could be intersection of Prev and Curr rect on X axis. + bs->UnclipRect.Add(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr); + } + + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->UnclipRect.Min, bs->UnclipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 3.0f); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 3.0f); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Min, bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndBoxSelect(const ImRect& scope_rect, ImGuiMultiSelectFlags ms_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + IM_ASSERT(bs->IsActive); + bs->UnclipMode = false; + + // Render selection rectangle + bs->EndPosRel = WindowPosAbsToRel(window, ImClamp(g.IO.MousePos, scope_rect.Min, scope_rect.Max)); // Clamp stored position according to current scrolling view + ImRect box_select_r = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr; + box_select_r.ClipWith(scope_rect); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, 0.30f)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling + window->DrawList->AddRect(box_select_r.Min, box_select_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight)); // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Styling + + // Scroll + const bool enable_scroll = (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) && (ms_flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelectNoScroll) == 0; + if (enable_scroll) + { + ImRect scroll_r = scope_rect; + scroll_r.Expand(-g.FontSize); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scroll_r.Min, scroll_r.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!scroll_r.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + BoxSelectScrollWithMouseDrag(bs, window, scroll_r); + } +} //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select support //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugLogMultiSelectRequests() [Internal] +// - CalcScopeRect() [Internal] +// - BeginMultiSelect() +// - EndMultiSelect() +// - SetNextItemSelectionUserData() +// - MultiSelectItemHeader() [Internal] +// - MultiSelectItemFooter() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeMultiSelectState() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DebugLogMultiSelectRequests(const char* function, const ImGuiMultiSelectIO* io) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (const ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] %s: Request: SetAll %d (= %s)\n", function, req.Selected, req.Selected ? "SelectAll" : "Clear"); + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] %s: Request: SetRange %" IM_PRId64 "..%" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "..0x%" IM_PRIX64 ") = %d (dir %d)\n", function, req.RangeFirstItem, req.RangeLastItem, req.RangeFirstItem, req.RangeLastItem, req.Selected, req.RangeDirection); + } +} + +static ImRect CalcScopeRect(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) + { + // Warning: this depends on CursorMaxPos so it means to be called by EndMultiSelect() only + return ImRect(ms->ScopeRectMin, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, ms->ScopeRectMin)); + } + else + { + // Add inner table decoration (#7821) // FIXME: Why not baking in InnerClipRect? + ImRect scope_rect = window->InnerClipRect; + scope_rect.Min = ImMin(scope_rect.Min + ImVec2(window->DecoInnerSizeX1, window->DecoInnerSizeY1), scope_rect.Max); + return scope_rect; + } +} + +// Return ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// Lifetime: don't hold on ImGuiMultiSelectIO* pointers over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginMultiSelect() or EndMultiSelect(). +// Passing 'selection_size' and 'items_count' parameters is currently optional. +// - 'selection_size' is useful to disable some shortcut routing: e.g. ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape won't claim Escape key when selection_size 0, +// allowing a first press to clear selection THEN the second press to leave child window and return to parent. +// - 'items_count' is stored in ImGuiMultiSelectIO which makes it a convenient way to pass the information to your ApplyRequest() handler (but you may pass it differently). +// - If they are costly for you to compute (e.g. external intrusive selection without maintaining size), you may avoid them and pass -1. +// - If you can easily tell if your selection is empty or not, you may pass 0/1, or you may enable ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape flag dynamically. +ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::BeginMultiSelect(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags, int selection_size, int items_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (++g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > g.MultiSelectTempData.Size) + g.MultiSelectTempData.resize(g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked, ImGuiMultiSelectTempData()); + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1]; + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(offsetof(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData, IO) == 0); // Clear() relies on that. + g.CurrentMultiSelect = ms; + if ((flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow; + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) + flags &= ~(ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d); + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d) + flags &= ~ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d; + + // FIXME: BeginFocusScope() + const ImGuiID id = window->IDStack.back(); + ms->Clear(); + ms->FocusScopeId = id; + ms->Flags = flags; + ms->IsFocused = (ms->FocusScopeId == g.NavFocusScopeId); + ms->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + ms->ScopeRectMin = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + PushFocusScope(ms->FocusScopeId); + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow) // Mark parent child window as navigable into, with highlight. Assume user will always submit interactive items. + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask |= 1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + + // Use copy of keyboard mods at the time of the request, otherwise we would requires mods to be held for an extra frame. + ms->KeyMods = g.NavJustMovedToId ? (g.NavJustMovedToIsTabbing ? 0 : g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods) : g.IO.KeyMods; + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect) + ms->KeyMods &= ~ImGuiMod_Shift; + + // Bind storage + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = g.MultiSelectStorage.GetOrAddByKey(id); + storage->ID = id; + storage->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; + storage->LastSelectionSize = selection_size; + storage->Window = window; + ms->Storage = storage; + + // Output to user + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + ms->IO.RangeSrcItem = storage->RangeSrcItem; + ms->IO.NavIdItem = storage->NavIdItem; + ms->IO.NavIdSelected = (storage->NavIdSelected == 1) ? true : false; + ms->IO.ItemsCount = items_count; + + // Clear when using Navigation to move within the scope + // (we compare FocusScopeId so it possible to use multiple selections inside a same window) + bool request_clear = false; + bool request_select_all = false; + if (g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == ms->FocusScopeId && g.NavJustMovedToHasSelectionData) + { + if (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) + ms->IsKeyboardSetRange = true; + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + IM_ASSERT(storage->RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); // Not ready -> could clear? + if ((ms->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect)) == 0) + request_clear = true; + } + else if (g.NavJustMovedFromFocusScopeId == ms->FocusScopeId) + { + // Also clear on leaving scope (may be optional?) + if ((ms->KeyMods & (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift)) == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect)) == 0) + request_clear = true; + } + + // Box-select handling: update active state. + ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = &g.BoxSelectState; + if (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + { + ms->BoxSelectId = GetID("##BoxSelect"); + if (BeginBoxSelect(CalcScopeRect(ms, window), window, ms->BoxSelectId, flags)) + request_clear |= bs->RequestClear; + } + + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + // Shortcut: Clear selection (Escape) + // - Only claim shortcut if selection is not empty, allowing further presses on Escape to e.g. leave current child window. + // - Box select also handle Escape and needs to pass an id to bypass ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys lock. + if (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnEscape) + { + if (selection_size != 0 || bs->IsActive) + if (Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiInputFlags_None, bs->IsActive ? bs->ID : 0)) + { + request_clear = true; + if (bs->IsActive) + BoxSelectDeactivateDrag(bs); + } + } + + // Shortcut: Select all (CTRL+A) + if (!(flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) && !(flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoSelectAll)) + if (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A)) + request_select_all = true; + } + + if (request_clear || request_select_all) + { + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, request_select_all); + if (!request_select_all) + storage->LastSelectionSize = 0; + } + ms->LoopRequestSetAll = request_select_all ? 1 : request_clear ? 0 : -1; + ms->LastSubmittedItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) + DebugLogMultiSelectRequests("BeginMultiSelect", &ms->IO); + + return &ms->IO; +} + +// Return updated ImGuiMultiSelectIO structure. +// Lifetime: don't hold on ImGuiMultiSelectIO* pointers over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginMultiSelect() or EndMultiSelect(). +ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ImGui::EndMultiSelect() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(ms->FocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentMultiSelect != NULL && storage->Window == g.CurrentWindow); + IM_ASSERT(g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > 0 && &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1] == g.CurrentMultiSelect); + + ImRect scope_rect = CalcScopeRect(ms, window); + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + // We currently don't allow user code to modify RangeSrcItem by writing to BeginIO's version, but that would be an easy change here. + if (ms->IO.RangeSrcReset || (ms->RangeSrcPassedBy == false && ms->IO.RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid)) // Can't read storage->RangeSrcItem here -> we want the state at begining of the scope (see tests for easy failure) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] EndMultiSelect: Reset RangeSrcItem.\n"); // Will set be to NavId. + storage->RangeSrcItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + } + if (ms->NavIdPassedBy == false && storage->NavIdItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("[selection] EndMultiSelect: Reset NavIdItem.\n"); + storage->NavIdItem = ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid; + storage->NavIdSelected = -1; + } + + if ((ms->Flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) && GetBoxSelectState(ms->BoxSelectId)) + EndBoxSelect(scope_rect, ms->Flags); + } + + if (ms->IsEndIO == false) + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + + // Clear selection when clicking void? + // We specifically test for IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0) == false to allow box-selection! + // The InnerRect test is necessary for non-child/decorated windows. + bool scope_hovered = IsWindowHovered() && window->InnerRect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos); + if (scope_hovered && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect)) + scope_hovered &= scope_rect.Contains(g.IO.MousePos); + if (scope_hovered && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.ActiveId == 0) + { + if (ms->Flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + { + if (!g.BoxSelectState.IsActive && !g.BoxSelectState.IsStarting && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 1) + { + BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ms->BoxSelectId, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid); + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + SetHoveredID(ms->BoxSelectId); + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeRect) + SetNavID(0, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, ms->FocusScopeId, ImRect(g.IO.MousePos, g.IO.MousePos)); // Automatically switch FocusScope for initial click from void to box-select. + } + } + + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ClearOnClickVoid) + if (IsMouseReleased(0) && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0) == false && g.IO.KeyMods == ImGuiMod_None) + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, false); + } + + // Courtesy nav wrapping helper flag + if (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NavWrapX) + { + IM_ASSERT(ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_ScopeWindow); // Only supported at window scope + ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(), ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX); + } + + // Unwind + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(ms->BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); + PopFocusScope(); + + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventSelection) + DebugLogMultiSelectRequests("EndMultiSelect", &ms->IO); + + ms->FocusScopeId = 0; + ms->Flags = ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_None; + g.CurrentMultiSelect = (--g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.MultiSelectTempData[g.MultiSelectTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL; + + return &ms->IO; +} void ImGui::SetNextItemSelectionUserData(ImGuiSelectionUserData selection_user_data) { // Note that flags will be cleared by ItemAdd(), so it's only useful for Navigation code! // This designed so widgets can also cheaply set this before calling ItemAdd(), so we are not tied to MultiSelect api. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData = selection_user_data; + g.NextItemData.FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + + if (ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect) + { + // Auto updating RangeSrcPassedBy for cases were clipper is not used (done before ItemAdd() clipping) + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData | ImGuiItemFlags_IsMultiSelect; + if (ms->IO.RangeSrcItem == selection_user_data) + ms->RangeSrcPassedBy = true; + } + else + { + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData; + } } +// In charge of: +// - Applying SetAll for submitted items. +// - Applying SetRange for submitted items and record end points. +// - Altering button behavior flags to facilitate use with drag and drop. +void ImGui::MultiSelectItemHeader(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, ImGuiButtonFlags* p_button_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + + bool selected = *p_selected; + if (ms->IsFocused) + { + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + ImGuiSelectionUserData item_data = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; + IM_ASSERT(g.NextItemData.FocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId && "Forgot to call SetNextItemSelectionUserData() prior to item, required in BeginMultiSelect()/EndMultiSelect() scope"); + + // Apply SetAll (Clear/SelectAll) requests requested by BeginMultiSelect(). + // This is only useful if the user hasn't processed them already, and this only works if the user isn't using the clipper. + // If you are using a clipper you need to process the SetAll request after calling BeginMultiSelect() + if (ms->LoopRequestSetAll != -1) + selected = (ms->LoopRequestSetAll == 1); + + // When using SHIFT+Nav: because it can incur scrolling we cannot afford a frame of lag with the selection highlight (otherwise scrolling would happen before selection) + // For this to work, we need someone to set 'RangeSrcPassedBy = true' at some point (either clipper either SetNextItemSelectionUserData() function) + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + { + IM_ASSERT(id != 0 && (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0); + const bool is_range_dst = (ms->RangeDstPassedBy == false) && g.NavJustMovedToId == id; // Assume that g.NavJustMovedToId is not clipped. + if (is_range_dst) + ms->RangeDstPassedBy = true; + if (is_range_dst && storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) // If we don't have RangeSrc, assign RangeSrc = RangeDst + { + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + storage->RangeSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + } + const bool is_range_src = storage->RangeSrcItem == item_data; + if (is_range_src || is_range_dst || ms->RangeSrcPassedBy != ms->RangeDstPassedBy) + { + // Apply range-select value to visible items + IM_ASSERT(storage->RangeSrcItem != ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid && storage->RangeSelected != -1); + selected = (storage->RangeSelected != 0); + } + else if ((ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) == 0 && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear) == 0) + { + // Clear other items + selected = false; + } + } + *p_selected = selected; + } + + // Alter button behavior flags + // To handle drag and drop of multiple items we need to avoid clearing selection on click. + // Enabling this test makes actions using CTRL+SHIFT delay their effect on MouseUp which is annoying, but it allows drag and drop of multiple items. + if (p_button_flags != NULL) + { + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = *p_button_flags; + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus; + if ((!selected || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore)) && !(ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SelectOnClickRelease)) + button_flags = (button_flags | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) & ~ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + else + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + *p_button_flags = button_flags; + } +} + +// In charge of: +// - Auto-select on navigation. +// - Box-select toggle handling. +// - Right-click handling. +// - Altering selection based on Ctrl/Shift modifiers, both for keyboard and mouse. +// - Record current selection state for RangeSrc +// This is all rather complex, best to run and refer to "widgets_multiselect_xxx" tests in imgui_test_suite. +void ImGui::MultiSelectItemFooter(ImGuiID id, bool* p_selected, bool* p_pressed) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + bool selected = *p_selected; + bool pressed = *p_pressed; + ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms = g.CurrentMultiSelect; + ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage = ms->Storage; + if (pressed) + ms->IsFocused = true; + + bool hovered = false; + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) + hovered = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); + if (!ms->IsFocused && !hovered) + return; + + ImGuiSelectionUserData item_data = g.NextItemData.SelectionUserData; + + ImGuiMultiSelectFlags flags = ms->Flags; + const bool is_singleselect = (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_SingleSelect) != 0; + bool is_ctrl = (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0; + bool is_shift = (ms->KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0; + + bool apply_to_range_src = false; + + if (g.NavId == id && storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + apply_to_range_src = true; + if (ms->IsEndIO == false) + { + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); + ms->IsEndIO = true; + } + + // Auto-select as you navigate a list + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + if (is_ctrl && is_shift) + pressed = true; + else if (!is_ctrl) + selected = pressed = true; + } + else + { + // With NoAutoSelect, using Shift+keyboard performs a write/copy + if (is_shift) + pressed = true; + else if (!is_ctrl) + apply_to_range_src = true; // Since if (pressed) {} main block is not running we update this + } + } + + if (apply_to_range_src) + { + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + storage->RangeSelected = selected; // Will be updated at the end of this function anyway. + } + + // Box-select toggle handling + if (ms->BoxSelectId != 0) + if (ImGuiBoxSelectState* bs = GetBoxSelectState(ms->BoxSelectId)) + { + const bool rect_overlap_curr = bs->BoxSelectRectCurr.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect); + const bool rect_overlap_prev = bs->BoxSelectRectPrev.Overlaps(g.LastItemData.Rect); + if ((rect_overlap_curr && !rect_overlap_prev && !selected) || (rect_overlap_prev && !rect_overlap_curr)) + { + if (storage->LastSelectionSize <= 0 && bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce) + { + pressed = true; // First item act as a pressed: code below will emit selection request and set NavId (whatever we emit here will be overridden anyway) + bs->IsStartedSetNavIdOnce = false; + } + else + { + selected = !selected; + MultiSelectAddSetRange(ms, selected, +1, item_data, item_data); + } + storage->LastSelectionSize = ImMax(storage->LastSelectionSize + 1, 1); + } + } + + // Right-click handling. + // FIXME-MULTISELECT: Currently filtered out by ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect but maybe should be moved to Selectable(). See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/5816 + if (hovered && IsMouseClicked(1) && (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id) + ClearActiveID(); + SetFocusID(id, window); + if (!pressed && !selected) + { + pressed = true; + is_ctrl = is_shift = false; + } + } + + // Unlike Space, Enter doesn't alter selection (but can still return a press) unless current item is not selected. + // The later, "unless current item is not select", may become optional? It seems like a better default if Enter doesn't necessarily open something + // (unlike e.g. Windows explorer). For use case where Enter always open something, we might decide to make this optional? + const bool enter_pressed = pressed && (g.NavActivateId == id) && (g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput); + + // Alter selection + if (pressed && (!enter_pressed || !selected)) + { + // Box-select + ImGuiInputSource input_source = (g.NavJustMovedToId == id || g.NavActivateId == id) ? g.NavInputSource : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + if (flags & (ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect1d | ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_BoxSelect2d)) + if (selected == false && !g.BoxSelectState.IsActive && !g.BoxSelectState.IsStarting && input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 1) + BoxSelectPreStartDrag(ms->BoxSelectId, item_data); + + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // ACTION | Begin | Pressed/Activated | End + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Keys Navigated: | Clear | Src=item, Sel=1 SetRange 1 + // Keys Navigated: Ctrl | n/a | n/a + // Keys Navigated: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Keys Navigated: Ctrl+Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=Src => Clear + SetRange Src-Dst + // Keys Activated: | n/a | Src=item, Sel=1 => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Keys Activated: Ctrl | n/a | Src=item, Sel=!Sel => SetSange 1 + // Keys Activated: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1 => Clear + SetSange 1 + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Mouse Pressed: | n/a | Src=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Ctrl | n/a | Src=item, Sel=!Sel => SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=1, => Clear + SetRange 1 + // Mouse Pressed: Ctrl+Shift | n/a | Dst=item, Sel=!Sel => SetRange Src-Dst + //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClear) == 0) + { + bool request_clear = false; + if (is_singleselect) + request_clear = true; + else if ((input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse || g.NavActivateId == id) && !is_ctrl) + request_clear = (flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoClearOnReselect) ? !selected : true; + else if ((input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) && is_shift && !is_ctrl) + request_clear = true; // With is_shift==false the RequestClear was done in BeginIO, not necessary to do again. + if (request_clear) + MultiSelectAddSetAll(ms, false); + } + + int range_direction; + bool range_selected; + if (is_shift && !is_singleselect) + { + //IM_ASSERT(storage->HasRangeSrc && storage->HasRangeValue); + if (storage->RangeSrcItem == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid) + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + { + // Shift+Arrow always select + // Ctrl+Shift+Arrow copy source selection state (already stored by BeginMultiSelect() in storage->RangeSelected) + range_selected = (is_ctrl && storage->RangeSelected != -1) ? (storage->RangeSelected != 0) : true; + } + else + { + // Shift+Arrow copy source selection state + // Shift+Click always copy from target selection state + if (ms->IsKeyboardSetRange) + range_selected = (storage->RangeSelected != -1) ? (storage->RangeSelected != 0) : true; + else + range_selected = !selected; + } + range_direction = ms->RangeSrcPassedBy ? +1 : -1; + } + else + { + // Ctrl inverts selection, otherwise always select + if ((flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoAutoSelect) == 0) + selected = is_ctrl ? !selected : true; + else + selected = !selected; + storage->RangeSrcItem = item_data; + range_selected = selected; + range_direction = +1; + } + MultiSelectAddSetRange(ms, range_selected, range_direction, storage->RangeSrcItem, item_data); + } + + // Update/store the selection state of the Source item (used by CTRL+SHIFT, when Source is unselected we perform a range unselect) + if (storage->RangeSrcItem == item_data) + storage->RangeSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + + // Update/store the selection state of focused item + if (g.NavId == id) + { + storage->NavIdItem = item_data; + storage->NavIdSelected = selected ? 1 : 0; + } + if (storage->NavIdItem == item_data) + ms->NavIdPassedBy = true; + ms->LastSubmittedItem = item_data; + + *p_selected = selected; + *p_pressed = pressed; +} + +void ImGui::MultiSelectAddSetAll(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected) +{ + ImGuiSelectionRequest req = { ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll, selected, 0, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid, ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid }; + ms->IO.Requests.resize(0); // Can always clear previous requests + ms->IO.Requests.push_back(req); // Add new request +} + +void ImGui::MultiSelectAddSetRange(ImGuiMultiSelectTempData* ms, bool selected, int range_dir, ImGuiSelectionUserData first_item, ImGuiSelectionUserData last_item) +{ + // Merge contiguous spans into same request (unless NoRangeSelect is set which guarantees single-item ranges) + if (ms->IO.Requests.Size > 0 && first_item == last_item && (ms->Flags & ImGuiMultiSelectFlags_NoRangeSelect) == 0) + { + ImGuiSelectionRequest* prev = &ms->IO.Requests.Data[ms->IO.Requests.Size - 1]; + if (prev->Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange && prev->RangeLastItem == ms->LastSubmittedItem && prev->Selected == selected) + { + prev->RangeLastItem = last_item; + return; + } + } + + ImGuiSelectionRequest req = { ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange, selected, (ImS8)range_dir, (range_dir > 0) ? first_item : last_item, (range_dir > 0) ? last_item : first_item }; + ms->IO.Requests.push_back(req); // Add new request +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeMultiSelectState(ImGuiMultiSelectState* storage) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool is_active = (storage->LastFrameActive >= GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)storage->ID, "MultiSelect 0x%08X in '%s'%s", storage->ID, storage->Window ? storage->Window->Name : "N/A", is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (!open) + return; + Text("RangeSrcItem = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "), RangeSelected = %d", storage->RangeSrcItem, storage->RangeSrcItem, storage->RangeSelected); + Text("NavIdItem = %" IM_PRId64 " (0x%" IM_PRIX64 "), NavIdSelected = %d", storage->NavIdItem, storage->NavIdItem, storage->NavIdSelected); + Text("LastSelectionSize = %d", storage->LastSelectionSize); // Provided by user + TreePop(); +#else + IM_UNUSED(storage); +#endif +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Multi-Select helpers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +// - ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage() +{ + Size = 0; + PreserveOrder = false; + UserData = NULL; + AdapterIndexToStorageId = [](ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage*, int idx) { return (ImGuiID)idx; }; + _SelectionOrder = 1; // Always >0 +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Clear() +{ + Size = 0; + _SelectionOrder = 1; // Always >0 + _Storage.Data.resize(0); +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Swap(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage& r) +{ + ImSwap(Size, r.Size); + ImSwap(_SelectionOrder, r._SelectionOrder); + _Storage.Data.swap(r._Storage.Data); +} + +bool ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::Contains(ImGuiID id) const +{ + return _Storage.GetInt(id, 0) != 0; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByValueInt(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + int lhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->val_i; + int rhs_v = ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->val_i; + return (lhs_v > rhs_v ? +1 : lhs_v < rhs_v ? -1 : 0); +} + +// GetNextSelectedItem() is an abstraction allowing us to change our underlying actual storage system without impacting user. +// (e.g. store unselected vs compact down, compact down on demand, use raw ImVector instead of ImGuiStorage...) +bool ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::GetNextSelectedItem(void** opaque_it, ImGuiID* out_id) +{ + ImGuiStoragePair* it = (ImGuiStoragePair*)*opaque_it; + ImGuiStoragePair* it_end = _Storage.Data.Data + _Storage.Data.Size; + if (PreserveOrder && it == NULL && it_end != NULL) + ImQsort(_Storage.Data.Data, (size_t)_Storage.Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), PairComparerByValueInt); // ~ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByValueInt() + if (it == NULL) + it = _Storage.Data.Data; + IM_ASSERT(it >= _Storage.Data.Data && it <= it_end); + if (it != it_end) + while (it->val_i == 0 && it < it_end) + it++; + const bool has_more = (it != it_end); + *opaque_it = has_more ? (void**)(it + 1) : (void**)(it); + *out_id = has_more ? it->key : 0; + if (PreserveOrder && !has_more) + _Storage.BuildSortByKey(); + return has_more; +} + +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::SetItemSelected(ImGuiID id, bool selected) +{ + int* p_int = _Storage.GetIntRef(id, 0); + if (selected && *p_int == 0) { *p_int = _SelectionOrder++; Size++; } + else if (!selected && *p_int != 0) { *p_int = 0; Size--; } +} + +// Optimized for batch edits (with same value of 'selected') +static void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, ImGuiID id, bool selected, int size_before_amends, int selection_order) +{ + ImGuiStorage* storage = &selection->_Storage; + ImGuiStoragePair* it = ImLowerBound(storage->Data.Data, storage->Data.Data + size_before_amends, id); + const bool is_contained = (it != storage->Data.Data + size_before_amends) && (it->key == id); + if (selected == (is_contained && it->val_i != 0)) + return; + if (selected && !is_contained) + storage->Data.push_back(ImGuiStoragePair(id, selection_order)); // Push unsorted at end of vector, will be sorted in SelectionMultiAmendsFinish() + else if (is_contained) + it->val_i = selected ? selection_order : 0; // Modify in-place. + selection->Size += selected ? +1 : -1; +} + +static void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage* selection, bool selected, int size_before_amends) +{ + ImGuiStorage* storage = &selection->_Storage; + if (selected && selection->Size != size_before_amends) + storage->BuildSortByKey(); // When done selecting: sort everything +} + +// Apply requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect(). +// - Enable 'Demo->Tools->Debug Log->Selection' to see selection requests as they happen. +// - Honoring SetRange requests requires that you can iterate/interpolate between RangeFirstItem and RangeLastItem. +// - In this demo we often submit indices to SetNextItemSelectionUserData() + store the same indices in persistent selection. +// - Your code may do differently. If you store pointers or objects ID in ImGuiSelectionUserData you may need to perform +// a lookup in order to have some way to iterate/interpolate between two items. +// - A full-featured application is likely to allow search/filtering which is likely to lead to using indices +// and constructing a view index <> object id/ptr data structure anyway. +// WHEN YOUR APPLICATION SETTLES ON A CHOICE, YOU WILL PROBABLY PREFER TO GET RID OF THIS UNNECESSARY 'ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage' INDIRECTION LOGIC. +// Notice that with the simplest adapter (using indices everywhere), all functions return their parameters. +// The most simple implementation (using indices everywhere) would look like: +// for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) +// { +// if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) { Clear(); if (req.Selected) { for (int n = 0; n < items_count; n++) { SetItemSelected(n, true); } } +// if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) { for (int n = (int)ms_io->RangeFirstItem; n <= (int)ms_io->RangeLastItem; n++) { SetItemSelected(n, ms_io->Selected); } } +// } +void ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage::ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io) +{ + // For convenience we obtain ItemsCount as passed to BeginMultiSelect(), which is optional. + // It makes sense when using ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage to simply pass your items count to BeginMultiSelect(). + // Other scheme may handle SetAll differently. + IM_ASSERT(ms_io->ItemsCount != -1 && "Missing value for items_count in BeginMultiSelect() call!"); + IM_ASSERT(AdapterIndexToStorageId != NULL); + + // This is optimized/specialized to cope with very large selections (e.g. 100k+ items) + // - A simpler version could call SetItemSelected() directly instead of ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected() + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(). + // - Optimized select can append unsorted, then sort in a second pass. Optimized unselect can clear in-place then compact in a second pass. + // - A more optimal version wouldn't even use ImGuiStorage but directly a ImVector to reduce bandwidth, but this is a reasonable trade off to reuse code. + // - There are many ways this could be better optimized. The worse case scenario being: using BoxSelect2d in a grid, box-select scrolling down while wiggling + // left and right: it affects coarse clipping + can emit multiple SetRange with 1 item each.) + // FIXME-OPT: For each block of consecutive SetRange request: + // - add all requests to a sorted list, store ID, selected, offset in ImGuiStorage. + // - rewrite sorted storage a single time. + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + { + Clear(); + if (req.Selected) + { + _Storage.Data.reserve(ms_io->ItemsCount); + const int size_before_amends = _Storage.Data.Size; + for (int idx = 0; idx < ms_io->ItemsCount; idx++, _SelectionOrder++) + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(this, GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected, size_before_amends, _SelectionOrder); + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(this, req.Selected, size_before_amends); + } + } + else if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + { + const int selection_changes = (int)req.RangeLastItem - (int)req.RangeFirstItem + 1; + //ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_SELECTION("Req %d/%d: set %d to %d\n", ms_io->Requests.index_from_ptr(&req), ms_io->Requests.Size, selection_changes, req.Selected); + if (selection_changes == 1 || (selection_changes < Size / 100)) + { + // Multiple sorted insertion + copy likely to be faster. + // Technically we could do a single copy with a little more work (sort sequential SetRange requests) + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++) + SetItemSelected(GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected); + } + else + { + // Append insertion + single sort likely be faster. + // Use req.RangeDirection to set order field so that shift+clicking from 1 to 5 is different than shift+clicking from 5 to 1 + const int size_before_amends = _Storage.Data.Size; + int selection_order = _SelectionOrder + ((req.RangeDirection < 0) ? selection_changes - 1 : 0); + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++, selection_order += req.RangeDirection) + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchSetItemSelected(this, GetStorageIdFromIndex(idx), req.Selected, size_before_amends, selection_order); + if (req.Selected) + _SelectionOrder += selection_changes; + ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage_BatchFinish(this, req.Selected, size_before_amends); + } + } + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage::ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage() +{ + UserData = NULL; + AdapterSetItemSelected = NULL; +} + +// Apply requests coming from BeginMultiSelect() and EndMultiSelect(). +// We also pull 'ms_io->ItemsCount' as passed for BeginMultiSelect() for consistency with ImGuiSelectionBasicStorage +// This makes no assumption about underlying storage. +void ImGuiSelectionExternalStorage::ApplyRequests(ImGuiMultiSelectIO* ms_io) +{ + IM_ASSERT(AdapterSetItemSelected); + for (ImGuiSelectionRequest& req : ms_io->Requests) + { + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetAll) + for (int idx = 0; idx < ms_io->ItemsCount; idx++) + AdapterSetItemSelected(this, idx, req.Selected); + if (req.Type == ImGuiSelectionRequestType_SetRange) + for (int idx = (int)req.RangeFirstItem; idx <= (int)req.RangeLastItem; idx++) + AdapterSetItemSelected(this, idx, req.Selected); + } +} //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox @@ -8045,7 +9160,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) bool pressed; // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. - const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups; + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar @@ -9442,13 +10557,13 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImDrawList* display_draw_list = window->DrawList; const ImU32 tab_col = GetColorU32((held || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_TabHovered : tab_contents_visible ? (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelected : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected) : (tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_Tab : ImGuiCol_TabDimmed)); TabItemBackground(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_col); - if (tab_contents_visible && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline)) + if (tab_contents_visible && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline) && style.TabBarOverlineSize > 0.0f) { float x_offset = IM_TRUNC(0.4f * style.TabRounding); if (x_offset < 2.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale) x_offset = 0.0f; float y_offset = 1.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale; - display_draw_list->AddLine(bb.GetTL() + ImVec2(x_offset, y_offset), bb.GetTR() + ImVec2(-x_offset, y_offset), GetColorU32(tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline), 2.0f * g.CurrentDpiScale); + display_draw_list->AddLine(bb.GetTL() + ImVec2(x_offset, y_offset), bb.GetTR() + ImVec2(-x_offset, y_offset), GetColorU32(tab_bar_focused ? ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline : ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline), style.TabBarOverlineSize); } RenderNavHighlight(bb, id);